Beeteco, profile picture
Uploaded byBeeteco
4,775 views

Catalog Biến tần Frenic 5000g11 Fuji Electric

The document details the features and specifications of Fuji's Frenic 5000 G11S series inverters designed for general industrial use, offering advanced motor control and dynamic torque-vector capabilities for optimized performance. It includes information on the inverters' environmental benefits, user functionalities, protective features, and extensive compatibility with various applications. Additionally, it outlines the product range, safety precautions, and specifications such as motor speed control accuracy and torque characteristics.

Downloaded 10 times
MEH 403e
Tư vấn chọn sản phẩm Giao hàng tận nơi Hỗ trợ kỹ thuật Chính sách hậu mãi đa dạng DỊCH VỤ CHĂM SÓC KHÁCH HÀNG TOÀN DIỆN Nhà cung cấp thiết bị điện chuyên nghiệp CÔNG TY TNHH THƯƠNG MẠI KỸ THUẬT ASTER Số 7 Đại lộ Độc Lập, KCN Sóng Thần, P. Dĩ An, Tx. Dĩ An, Bình Dương, VN. Tel: (0650) 3617 012 Fax: (0650) 3617 011 www.beeteco.com
I deal combination of power and multiple-function. Dynamic torque-vector control promises optimum motor control under any operating conditions. Dynamic torque-vector control system performs high-speed calculation to deter- mine the required motor power for the load status. Our key technology is optimal control of voltage and current vectors for maximum output torque. ● A high starting torque of 200% at 0.5Hz.* * 180% for 30kW or larger models. ● Achieves smooth acceleration/ deceleration in the shortest time for the load condition. ● Using a high-speed CPU quickly responds to an abrupt load change, detects the regenerated power to control the deceleration time. This automatic decerelation function greatly reduces the inverter tripping. ● Feedback control with PG Enables the inverter to execute “vector control with PG” by adding an optional PG feedback card to obtain higher perfor- mance. • Speed control range : 1:1200 • Speed control accuracy : 0.02% • Speed control response : 40Hz 2. Reduced motor wow at low speed ● Motor wow at low speed (1Hz) reduced to less than 1/2 of that achieved by conventional inverters, with the dynamic torque-vector control system, in combination with the Fuji’s unique digital AVR. 1. Dynamic torque-vector control 0 0 Conventional Fuji inverter Wow characterisics(Sample: 3.7kW) 14 r/min 5 r/min 500ms FRN-G11S Time Outputtorque[%] 300 200 100 0 100 200 300 1000 2000 Motor speed [r/min] Torque characteristics with Dynamic torque-vector control (Sample: 3.7kW) 2 PG Vector Control Actual torque [%] Torque reference [%] Motor speed [r/min] Motor current [A] Step load response (Sample : 3.7kW) 320msTime 100 0 100 0 500 400 20 0
3. New on-line tuning system ● On-line tuning to continuously check for variation of motor characteristics during running for high-precision speed control. ● This tuning function also available for a second motor, which allows high-precision driving of the second motor by changeover operation between two motors. 4. Environment-friendly features ● Provided with low-noise control power supply systems which minimize noise interference on peripheral devices such as sensors. ● Equipped with terminals for connecting DC REACTOR that can suppress harmonics. ● Complied with EMC Direc- tive (Emission) when connected to optional EMC- compliance filter. 30°C 70°C 8 00 Motorspeed[r/min] Time [min] Motor temperature vs speed variation (Sample: 3.7kW) Temperature[°C] With on-line tuning Without on-line tuning 3
4 5. Advanced, convenient functions ● 16-step speed with timer control, rotating motor pick-up control for conveyance machinery ● Automatic energy-saving operation, PID control, cooling fan on/off control, line/ inverter changeover operation for fans and pumps ● Rotating motor pick-up control: Restarts motor without any shocks, by detecting motor speed where motor is coasting after momentary power failure occurs. ● Automatic energy-saving operation function: Minimizes inverter and motor loss at light load. 6. Global products, communication ● Conforms to major world safety stan- dards: UL, cUL, TÜV (up to 22kW), EN (CE marking) ● Equipped with RS-485 interface as standard. ● Connection to field bus: PROFIBUS-DP, Interbus-S, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus (Option) ● Universal DI/DO : Monitors digital I/O signal status and transmits to a host controller, helping to simplify factory automation. Power source Motor speed [r/min] Output current [A] Time Rotating motor pick-up control characteristics (Sample:3.7kW) Damper control Energy saved Inverter control (V / f control) Inverter control (Automatic energy-saving control) Flow rate [%] Energy saving effect 0 100 100 Requiredpower[%] Safety Precautions 1. Use the contents of this catalog only for selecting product types and models. When using a product, read the Instruction Manual beforehand to use the product correctly. 2. Products introduced in this catalog have not been designed or manufactured for such applications in a system or equipment that will affect human bodies or lives. Customers, who want to use the products introduced in this catalog for special systems or devices such as for atomic-energy control, aerospace use, medical use, and traffic control, are requested to consult the Fuji's Sales Division. Customers are requested to prepare safety measures when they apply the products introduced in this catalog to such systems or facilities that will affect human lives or cause severe damage to property if the products become faulty.
7. Intelligent Keypad panel ● Copy function: Easily copies function codes and data to other inverters. ● Six languages (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, and Japanese) are available as standard. ● Jogging (inching) operation from the Keypad or external signal ● Remote operation using optional extension cable (CBIII-10R-¤¤¤) 8. Protective functions, Maintenance Protection ● Motors with various characteristics can be used by setting thermal time constant for the electronic thermal overload protection. ● Input phase loss protective function protects the inverter from damage caused by discon- nection of power supply lines. ● Motor is protected with a PTC thermistor. ● Input terminals for auxiliary control power supply (1.5kW or larger models) : Alarm signal output will be held even if main circuit power supply has shut down. Excellent maintainability The items below can be monitored on the Keypad panel and making it easy to analyze the cause of trip and to take preventive measures. ● Input/output terminals check ● Life expectancy of main-circuit capacitors ● Inverter on-load factor ● Accumlated operation time ● Inverter operating condition (output current, heat sink temperature, input power, etc.) ● Detailed data on trip cause 9. Extensive product line ● Two series are available: G11S series ranging from 0.2 to 630kW for general industrial machines and P11S series ranging from 5.5 to 710kW for fans and pumps. ● Totally-enclosed casing (IP40) (up to 22kW as standard). ● Optional IP20 enclosure available for 30kW or larger models. ● Water-proof models(IP65 for 7.5kW or smaller, IP54 for 11 to 22kW) as a separate series (available soon). 10. Other useful functions ● Side-by-side mounting (up to 22kW) saves space when inverters are installed in a panel. ● The uniform height (260mm) of products (up to 7.5kW) makes it easy to design panels. ● User-definable control terminals: Digital input (9 points), transistor output (4points), and relay contact output (1point). ● Active drive feature: Performs prolonged acceleration at reduced torque, monitoring the load status to prevent tripping. ● Stall prevention function is provided as stan- dard. Active or inactive can be also selected. 5 200 100 90 50 1 6 1520 60 120 Torque characteristics with Dynamic torque-vector control 100% of output torque refers to the rated torque of the motor driven at 60Hz. Short-time operation torque (with dynamic torque-vector control) Continuous operation torque (with dynamic torque-vector control) up to 7.5kW 11 to 22kW Output frequency [Hz] Outputtorque[%] * The above graph shows an example of torque characteristics when combining FRENIC5000G11S (up to 22kW at dynamic torque-vector control) with Fuji standard three-phase motor (8-type series, 4 poles). Continuous operation torque is for limits of allowable load torque for using the motor within the allowable temperature range and is not for motor output torque. The motor output torque is shown by the short-time operation torque.
Easy to apply to customer systems.A consistent design concept in all models from 0.2kW to 710kW. FRENIC 5000G1 all industrial pla Fans ● Air-conditioning system (for factory, building, office, hospital, clean room, shop, and cattle barn) ● Dryer ● Boiler fan ● Fans for controlling furnace temperature ● Roof fans controlled as a group ● Refrigerator ● Compressor ● Built-in blower in a film- manufacturing machine ● Cooling-tower fans ● Ventilating fans ● Air-conditioning equipment Food processing machines ● Food mixing machine ● Food slicer ● Grain milling machine (bread, cake, noodles) ● Tea making machine ● Rice cleaning machine Variation How to read the model number 6 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-4JE FRN15G11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S-4JE FRN22G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-4JE FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE FRN75G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE FRN355G11S-4JE FRN400G11S-4JE FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN11G11S-2JE FRN15G11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S-2JE FRN22G11S-2JE FRN30G11S-2JE FRN37G11S-2JE FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE FRN90G11S-2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE FRN7.5P11S-4JE FRN11P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-4JE FRN18.5P11S-4JE FRN22P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE FRN400P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN5.5P11S-2JE FRN7.5P11S-2JE FRN11P11S-2JE FRN15P11S-2JE FRN18.5P11S-2JE FRN22P11S-2JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE FRN45P11S-2JE FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE FRN90P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE Nominal applied motors [kW] 200V series400V series200V series400V series FRENIC5000G11S series for general industrial machines FRENIC5000P11S series for fans and pumps (variable torque loads) Code Series name FRN FRENIC 5000 series Code Nominal applied motors [kw] 0.2 0.2kW 0.4 0.4kW 0.75 0.75kW 1.5 1.5kW to to 710 710kW Code Input power source 4 Three-phase 400V 2 Three-phase 200V Code Protective structure S Standard FRN 0.4 G 11 S - 4 JE Code Application range G General industrial machines P Fans and pumps Code Developed inverter series 11 11 series Code Version JE JE
Machine tools ● Grinding machine ● Sanding machine ● Milling machine ● Lathe ● Drilling machine ● Turntable ● Work positioning machine ● PC board drilling machine ● Winding machine ● Press Electric pumps ● Tankless water supply system ● Submersible motor pump ● Vacuum pump ● Fountain pump ● Cooling water pump ● Circulating hot water pump ● Well pump ● Agricultural storage pump ● Water treatment system ● Constant-flow pump ● Sludge pump Packaging machinery ● Individual packaging/inner- packaging machine ● Packing machine ● Outer-packaging machine Paper making/ textile machinery ● Spinning machine ● Knitting machine ● Textile printing machine ● Industrial sewing machine ● Synthetic fiber manufacturing plant Conveyance machinery ● Crane (traveling, traversing, hoisting) ● Automated warehouse ● Conveyor (belt, chain, screw, roller) ● Lift ● Car parking facility ● Elevator, escalator ● Automatic door ● Shutter equipment ● Speed-change gear Chemical machinery/wood working machines ● Fluid mixing machine ● Extruder ● Vibrator ● Centrifugal separator ● Coating machine ● Take-up roller ● Routing machine ● Sanding machine ● Planing machine Other machinery ● Automated feed/medicine mixer ● Commercial-use washing machine ● Offset printing press ● Book-binding machine ● Car-washing machine ● Shredder ● Dishwasher ● Test equipment ● Crusher 1S/P11S can be used for almost ant and equipment areas. 7
8 Standard Specifications FRENIC5000G11S 400V series, for general industrial machines FRENIC5000G11S 200V series, for general industrial machines Type FRN¤¤¤G11S-2JE 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 Nominal applied motor kW 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 37 45 55 75 90 Rated capacity *1) kVA 0.57 1.1 1.9 3.0 4.1 6.4 9.5 12 17 22 28 33 43 55 68 81 107 131 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.0 11 17 25 33 46 59 74 87 115 145 180 215 283 346 0.94 1.6 3.1 5.7 8.3 14.0 19.7 26.9 39.0 54.0 66.2 78.8 109 135 163 199 272 327 0.4 0.6 1.1 2.0 2.9 4.9 6.9 9.4 14 19 23 28 38 47 57 69 95 114 1.8 3.4 6.4 11.1 16.1 25.5 40.8 52.6 76.9 98.5 117 136 168 204 243 291 2.2 2.2 2.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 6.1 6.1 10 10 10.5 10.5 29 36 44 46 70 115 - - Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V 3-phase 200V/50Hz 200, 220V, 230V/60Hz Rated current *3) A Overload capability 150% of rated current for 1min. 150% of rated current for 1min. 200% of rated current for 0.5s 180% of rated current for 0.5s Rated frequency Hz 50, 60Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz 3-phase 200to220V/50Hz(220to230V/50Hz)*5) 200to230V/60Hz Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% Momentary voltage dip capability *7) When the input voltage is 165V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 165V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms . The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR)Rated current *8) A (without DCR) Control Starting torque 200% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) 180% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) Braking torque 150% 100% 20% *10) 10 to 15% *10) Braking Time s 10 5 5 No limit Duty cycle % 10 5 3 5 3 2 3 2 No limit Standard Braking torque (Using options) 150% 100% DC injection braking Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 100% of rated current Enclosure (IEC 60529) IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Cooling method Natural cooling Fan cooling Standards -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg NOTES: *1) Inverter output capacity (kVA) at 440V in 400V series, 220V in 200V series. *2) Output voltage is proportional to the power supply voltage and cannot exceed the power supply voltage. *3) Current derating may be required in case of low impedance loads such as high frequency motor. *4) When the input voltage is 380V/50Hz or 380 to 415V/60Hz, the tap of the auxiliary transformer must be changed. *5) Order individually. *6) Refer to the IEC 61800-3( 5.2.3 ). *7) Tested at standard load condition (85% load). *8) This value is under FUJI original calculation method. (Refer to the Technical Information.) *9) When power-factor correcting DC reactor is used. *10) With a nominal applied motor, this value is average torque when the motor decelerates and stops from 60Hz. (It may change according to motor loss.) Required power supply capacity *9) kVA Type FRN¤¤¤G11S-4JE Nominal applied motor kW Rated capacity *1) kVA Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V Rated current *3) A Overload capability Rated frequency Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations When the input voltage is 310V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 310V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms. The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR)Rated current *8) A (without DCR) Required power supply capacity *9) kVA Control Starting torque Braking torque 150% 100% 20% *10) Braking Time s Duty cycle % Standard Braking torque (Using options) DC injection braking Enclosure (IEC 60529) Cooling method -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg Momentary voltage dip capability *7) Standards 3-phase 380, 400, 415V/50Hz 380, 400, 440, 460V/60Hz 50, 60Hz Naturalcooling Fan cooling IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 100% of rated current 150% 100% 200% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) 180% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) 10 to 15% *10) 3-phase 380 to 480V 50/60Hz 3-phase 380 to 440V/50Hz 380 to 480V/60Hz *4) Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% 150% of rated current for 1min. 200% of rated current for 0.5s 150% of rated current for 1min. 180% of rated current for 0.5s 0.4 0.4 1.1 1.5 0.82 1.8 5 2.2 2.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 6.5 6.5 10 10 10.5 10.5 29 34 39 40 48 70 70 100 100 140 140 250 250 360 360 525 525 3 5 5 3 2 5 No limit No limit3 2 0.6 1.5 3.5 1.1 2.9 6.2 2.1 4.2 9.2 3.0 7.1 14.9 5.0 10.0 21.5 7.0 13.5 27.9 9.4 19.8 39.1 14 26.8 50.3 19 33.2 59.9 24 39.3 69.3 28 54 86 38 67 104 47 81 124 57 100 150 70 134 - 160 - 196 - 232 - 282 - 352 - 385 - 491 - 552 - 624 - 704 - 880 - 1104 - 93 111 136 161 196 244 267 341 383 433 488 610 765 0.75 0.75 1.9 2.5 1.5 1.5 2.8 3.7 2.2 2.2 4.1 5.5 3.7 3.7 6.8 9 5.5 5.5 9.9 13 7.5 7.5 13 18 11 11 18 24 15 15 22 30 18.5 18.5 29 39 22 22 34 45 30 30 45 60 37 37 57 75 45 45 69 91 55 55 85 112 75 75 114 150 90 90 134 176 110 110 160 210 132 132 192 253 160 160 231 304 200 200 287 377 220 220 316 415 280 280 396 520 315 315 445 585 355 355 495 650 400 400 563 740 500 500 731 960 630 630 891 1170
9 FRENIC5000P11S 400V series, for fans and pumps Type FRN¤¤¤P11S-2JE 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 Nominal applied motor kW 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 Rated capacity *1) kVA 8.3 11 16 20 25 29 43 55 68 81 107 131 158 Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V 3-phase 200V/50Hz 200, 220V, 230V/60Hz Rated current *3) A 22 29 42 55 67 78 115 145 180 215 283 346 415 Overload capability 110% of rated current for 1min Rated frequency Hz 50, 60Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 220V/50Hz (220 to 230V/50Hz) *5) 200 to 230V/60Hz Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% Momentary voltage dip capability *7) When the input voltage is 165V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 165V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms . The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR) 19.7 26.9 39.0 54.0 66.2 78.8 109 135 163 199 272 327 400Rated current *8) A (without DCR) 40.8 52.6 76.9 98.5 117 136 168 204 243 291 - - - Required power kVA 6.9 9.4 14 19 23 28 38 47 57 69 95 114 139 supply capacity *9) Control Starting torque 50% Braking torque *10) 20% 10 to 15% Braking Time s No limit Duty cycle % No limit Standard Braking torque (Using options) 100% 70% DC injection braking Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 80% of rated current Enclosure (IEC 60529) IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Cooling method Fan cooling Standards -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg 5.7 5.7 5.7 10 10 10.5 29 29 36 44 46 70 115 NOTES: *1) Inverter output capacity (kVA) at 440V in 400V series, 220V in 200V series. *2) Output voltage is proportional to the power supply voltage and cannot exceed the power supply voltage. *3) Current derating may be required in case of low impedance loads such as high frequency motor. *4) When the input voltage is 380V/50Hz or 380 to 415V/60Hz, the tap of the auxiliary transformer must be changed. *5) Order individually. *6) Refer to the IEC 61800-3( 5.2.3 ). *7) Tested at standard load condition (85% load). *8) This value is under FUJI original calculation method. (Refer to the Technical Information.) *9) When power-factor correcting DC reactor (DCR) is used. *10) With a nominal applied motor, this value is average torque when the motor decelerates and stops from 60Hz. (It may change according to motor loss.) FRENIC5000P11S 200V series, for fans and pumps Type FRN¤¤¤P11S-4JE Nominal applied motor kW Rated capacity *1) kVA Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V 3-phase 380, 400, 415V/50Hz 380, 400, 440, 460V/60Hz Rated current *3) A Overload capability 110% of rated current for 1min Rated frequency Hz 50, 60Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations 3-phase 380 to 480V 50/60Hz 3-phase 380 to 440V/50Hz 380 to 480V/60Hz *4) Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% When the input voltage is 310V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 310V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms. The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR)Rated current *8) A (without DCR) Required power supply capacity *9) kVA Control Starting torque 50% Braking torque *10) Braking Time s Duty cycle % 20% 10 to 15% No limit No limit Standard DC injection braking Enclosure (IEC 60529) Cooling method IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Fan cooling Standards -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg Braking torque (Using options) Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 80% of rated current 100% 70% Momentary voltage dip capability *7) 5.5 5.5 9.5 12.5 10.0 21.5 6.1 6.1 6.1 10 10 10.5 29 29 34 39 40 48 70 70 100 100 140 140 250 250 250 360 360 525 525 7.0 13.5 27.9 9.4 19.8 39.1 14 26.8 50.3 19 33.2 59.9 24 39.3 69.3 28 54 86 38 67 104 47 81 124 57 100 150 70 134 - 160 - 196 - 232 - 282 - 352 - 385 - 491 - 552 - 624 - 704 - 792 - 880 - 1104 - 1248 - 93 111 136 161 196 244 267 341 383 433 488 549 610 765 865 16.5 23 30 37 44 60 75 91 112 150 176 210 253 304 377 415 520 585 650 740 840 960 11701370 7.5 7.5 12.5 11 11 17.5 15 15 22.8 18.5 18.5 28.1 22 22 33.5 30 30 45 37 37 57 45 45 69 55 55 85 75 75 114 90 90 134 110 110 160 132 132 192 160 160 231 200 200 287 220 220 316 280 280 396 315 315 445 355 355 495 400 400 563 450 450 640 500 500 731 630 630 891 710 710 1044
10 Common Specifications Note: (*) Option *1) Inverter may automatically reduce carrier frequency, in accordance with ambient temperature or output current for protecting inverter. Item Maximum frequency G11S Base frequency Starting frequency Carrier frequency *1) Accuracy (Stability) Setting resolution Control method Operation method Frequency setting (Frequency command) Jogging operation Voltage / freq. (V/f) characteristic Torque boost Running status signal Acceleration / Deceleration time Active drive Frequency limiter Bias frequency Gain for frequency setting Jump frequency control Rotating motor pick up (Flying start) Auto-restart after momentary power failure Line / Inverter changeover operation Slip compensation Droop operation Torque limiting Torque control PID control Automatic deceleration Second motor’s setting Energy saving operation Fan stop operation Universal DI Universal DO Zero speed control (*) Positioning control (*) Synchronized operation (*) 50 to 400Hz 25 to 400Hz 0.1 to 60Hz, Holding time: 0.0 to 10.0s 0.75 to 15kHz (55kW or smaller) 0.75 to 10kHz (75kW or larger) P11S 50 to 120Hz 25 to 120Hz 0.75 to 15kHz (22kW or smaller) 0.75 to 10kHz (30 to 75kW) 0.75 to 6kHz (90kW or larger) • Analog setting : ±0.2% of Maximum frequency (at 25±10°C) • Analog setting : • 1/1000 of Maximum frequency ex.) 0.06Hz at 60Hz, 0.12Hz at 120Hz, (0.4Hz at 400Hz: G11S) • 1/3000 for 30kW and above • V/f control (Sinusoidal PWM control) • Dynamic torque-vector control (Sinusoidal PWM control) • Vector control with PG (*) (G11S only) • KEYPAD operation : or key, key • Digital input signal operation : FWD or REV command, Coast-to-stop command, etc. • LINK operation : RS-485 (Standard) • KEYPAD operation: or key • External potentiometer (*) : 1 to 5kΩ (1/2W) • Analog input : 0 to +10V DC (0 to +5V DC), 4 to 20mA DC • UP/DOWN control : Output frequency increases when UP signal is ON, and decreases when DOWN signal is ON. • Multistep frequency : Up to 16 different frequencies can be selected by digital input signal. • Pulse train input (*) : 0 to 100kp/s • Digital signal (parallel ) (*) : 16-bit binary • LINK operation : RS485 (Standard) • Programmed PATTERN operation: Max. 7 stages or key, FWD or REV digital input signal Adjustable at base and maximum frequency, with AVR control : 320 to 480V (400V series), 80 to 240V (200V series) Selectable by load characteristics: Constant torque load (Auto/manual), Variable torque load (Manual) Transistor output (4 points) : RUN, FAR, FDT, OL, LU, TL, etc. Relay output (2 points) : • Same as transistor output • Alarm output (for any fault) Analog output (1 point) : Output frequency, Output current, Output torque, etc. Pulse output (1 point) : Output frequency, Output current, Output torque, etc. 0.01 to 3600s : • Independently adjustable acceleration and deceleration • 4 different times are selectable. Mode select : Linear, S-curve (weak), S-curve (strong), Non-linear When the acceleration time reaches 60s, the motor output torque is automatically reduced to rated torque. Then the motor operation mode is changed to torque limiting operation. The acceleration time is automatically extended up to 3 times. High and Low limiter can be preset. Bias frequency can be preset. Gain for frequency setting can be preset. (0.0 to 200.0%) ex.) Analog input 0 to +5V DC with 200% gain results in maximum frequency at 5V DC. Jump frequency (3 points) and its common jump hysteresis width (0 to 30Hz) can be preset. A rotating motor (including inverse rotating mode) can be smoothly picked up without stopping the motor (speed search method). Automatic restart is available without stopping motor after a momentary power failure (speed search method). When "Smooth recovery" mode is selected, the motor speed drop is held minimum. (The inverter searches the motor speed, and smoothly returns to setting frequency. Even if the motor circuit is temporarily opened, the inverter operates without a hitch. ) Controls the switching operation between line power and inverter. The inverter has sequence function inside. The inverter output frequency is controlled according to the load torque to keep motor speed constant. When the value is set at "0.00" and "Torque-vector" is set at "active", the compensation value automatically selects the Fuji standard motor. Slip compensation can be preset for the second motor. The motor speed droops in proportion to output torque (–9.9 to 0.0Hz)......G11S only. • When the motor torque reaches a preset limiting level, this function automatically adjusts the output frequency to prevent the inverter from tripping due to an overcurrent. • Torque limiting 1 and 2 can be individually set, and are selectable with a digital input signal. Output torque (or load factor) can be controlled with an analog input signal.....G11S only. This function can control flowrate, pressure, etc. (with an analog feedback signal.) • Reference • KEYPAD operation ( or key) : Setting freq. / Max. freq. X 100 (%) • PATTERN operation : Setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) signal • Voltage input (Terminal 12 ) : 0 to +10V DC • DI option input (*) : • BCD, setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) • Current input (Terminal C1 ) : 4 to 20mA DC • Binary, full scale/100 (%) • Reversible operation with polarity (Terminal 12) : 0 to ±10V DC • Multistep frequency setting : Setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) • Reversible operation with polarity (Terminal 12 + V1 ) : 0 to ±10V DC • RS-485 : Setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) • Inverse mode operation (Terminal 12 ) : +10 to 0V DC • Inverse mode operation (Terminal C1 ) : 20 to 4mA DC • Feedback signal • Terminal 12 (0 to +10V DC or +10 to 0V DC) • Terminal C1 (4 to 20mA DC or 20 to 4mA DC) Torque limiter 1 (Braking) is set at "F41: 0" (Same as Torque limiter 2 (Braking) ). • In deceleration :The deceleration time is automatically extended up to 3 times the setting time for tripless operation even if braking resistor not used. • In constant speed operation : Based on regenerative energy, the frequency is increased and tripless operation is active. This function is used for two motors switching operation. • The second motor’s V/f characteristics (base and maximum frequency) can be preset. • The second motor’s circuit parameter can be preset. Torque-vector control can be applied to both motors. This function minimizes inverter and motor losses at light load. This function is used for silent operation or extending the fan's lifetime. Transmits to main controller of LINK operation. Outputs command signal from main controller of LINK operation. The stopped motor holds its rotor angle.....G11S only. The SY option card can be used for positioning control by differential counter method. This function controls the synchronize operation between 2 axes with PGs. Explanation Output frequency Universal AO Outputs analog signal from main controller of LINK operation. Control • Digital setting : ±0.01% of Maximum frequency (at –10 to +50°C) • Digital setting : 0.01Hz at Maximum frequency of up to 99.99Hz (0.1Hz at Maximum frequency of 100Hz and above) • LINK setting : • 1/20000 of Maximum frequency ex.) 0.003Hz at 60Hz, 0.006Hz at 120Hz, (0.02Hz at 400Hz: G11S) • 0.01Hz (Fixed) T-Link (FUJI private link), PROFIBUS-DP, Interbus-S, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus, JPCN1 (Option) 0 to ±10V DC (0 to ± 5V DC) ....Reversible operation by polarized signal can be selected. +10 to 0V DC, 20 to 4mA DC......Inverse mode operation can be selected. (Reversible) (Inverse) T-Link (FUJI private link), RPOFIBUS-DP, Interbus-S, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus, JPCN1 (Option) Setting
11 Indication Operation mode (Running) • Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) (Hz) Operation monitor • Displays operation guidance • Bargraph: Output frequency (%), Output current (A), Output torque (%) Alarm monitor • The alarm data is displayed when the inverter trips. Function setting Displays function codes and its data or data code, and changes the data value. Operation condition :Cause of trip by code (Even when main power supply is off, trip history data of the last 4 trips are retained.) • Output frequency (Hz) • Output current (A) • Output voltage (V) • Torque calculation value (%) • Setting frequency (Hz) • Operation condition (FWD / REV, IL, VL / LU, TL) • Motor synchronous speed (r/min) • Load shaft speed (r/min) • Line speed (m/min) • PID reference value • PID feedback value • Driving torque limiter setting vaiue (%) • Braking togue limiter setting value (%) Tester function (I/O check) Maintenance data • Operation time (h) • DC link circuit voltage (V) • Temperature at inside air (°C) • Temperature at heat sink (°C) • Maximum current (A) • Main circuit capacitor life(%) • Control PC board life (h) • Cooling fan operation time (h) • Communication error times (KEYPAD,RS485, Option) • ROM version (Inverter, KEYPAD, Option) Load factor calculation Alarm data • Output frequency (Hz) • Output current (A) • Output voltage (V) • Torque calculation value (%) • Setting frequency (Hz) • Operation condition (FWD / REV, IL, VL / LU, TL) • Operation time (h) • DC link circuit voltage (V) • Temperature at inside air (°C) • Hest sink temperature (°C) • Communication error times (KEYPAD,RS-485, Option) • Digital input terminal condition (Remote, Communication) • Transistor output terminal condition • Trip history code • Multiple alram exist • Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) (Hz) • Setting frequency (Hz) • Output current (A) • Output voltage (V) • Motor synchronous speed (r/min) • Line speed (m/min) • Load shaft speed (r/min) • Torque calculation value (%) • Input power (kW) • PID reference value • PID reference value (remote) • PID feedback value • Trip history Stopping Selected setting value or output value Trip mode Charge lamp When the DC link circuit voltage is higher than 50V, the charge lamp is ON. Overload Protects the inverter by electronic thermal overload function and by detection of inverter temperature. Overvoltage Detects DC link circuit overvoltage,and stops the inverter. (400V series: 800V DC, 200V series: 400V DC) Undervoltage Detects DC link circuit undervoltage,and stops the inverter. (400V series: 400V DC, 200V series: 200V DC) Input phase loss Phase loss protection for power line input. Overheating Protects the inverter by detection of inverter temperature. Short-circuit Short-circuit protection for inverter output circuit Ground fault • Ground fault protection for inverter output circuit (3-phase current detection method) • Zero-phase current detection method (30kW or larger) Motor overload • The inverter trips,and then protects the motor. • Electronic thermal overload protection can be set for standard motor or inverter motor • Thermal time constant (0.5 to 75.0 minutes) can be preset for a special motor. • The second motor's electronic thermal overload protection can be preset for 2-motor changeover operation. DB resistor overheating • Prevents DB resistor overheating by internal electronic thermal overload relay (7.5kW or smaller). • Prevents DB resistor overheating by external thermal overload relay attached to DB resistor (11kW or larger). Stall prevention • Controls the output frequency to prevent (overcurrent) trip when the output current exceeds the limit value during acceleration. • Lowers the output frequency to hold almost constant torque when the output current exceeds the limit value during operation at constant speed. • Controls the output frequency to prevent (overvoltage) trip when the DC link circuit voltage exceeds the limit value during deceleration. (The inverter stops electricity discharge operation to protect the DB resistor.) Output phase loss When the inverter executes auto-tuning, detects each phase impedance imbalance. Motor protection by PTC thermistor When the motor temperature exceeds allowable value, the inverter trips automatically. Auto reset When the inverter is tripped, it resets automatically and restarts. Installation location* Free from corrosive gases, flammable gases, oil mist, dusts, and direct sunlight. Indoor use only. * If the inverter has to be used in an atmosphere including the hydrogen sulfide gases, a special model might be available. Contact Fuji Electric FA. Altitude 1000m or less. Applicable to 3000m with power derating (-10%/1000m) Ambient temperature –10 to +50 °C. For inverters of 22kW or smaller, remove the ventilation covers when operating it at a temperature of 40 °C or above. Ambient humidity 5 to 95%RH (non-condensing) Vibration 3mm at from 2 to less than 9Hz, 9.8m/s2 at from 9 to less than 20Hz, 2m/s2 at from 20 to less than 55Hz (2m/s2 at from 9 to less than 55Hz :G11S 90kW, P11S 110kW or more) 1m/s2 at from 55 to less than 200Hz, Storage condition -Temperature : –25 to +65 °C, -Humidity : 5 to 95%RH (non-condensing) Item Explanation Protection Condition (Installation and operation) • Digital I/O : (ON), (OFF) • Analog I/O: (V), (mA), (H), (p/s) • Measurement time (s) • Maximum current (A) • Average current (A) • Average braking power (%) LCD monitor(Japanese, English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) Operation monitor & Alarm monitor Function setting & monitor LED monitor Displays the cause of trip by codes as follows. • OC1 (Overcurrent during acceleration) • OC2 (Overcurrent during deceleration) • OC3 (Overcurrent during running at constant speed) • EF (Ground fault) • Lin (Input phase loss) • FUS (Fuse blown) • OU1 (Overvoltage during acceleration) • OU2 (Overvoltage during deceleration) • OU3 (Overvoltage running at constant speed) • LU (Undervoltage) • OH1 (Overheating at heat sink) • OH2 (External thermal relay tripped) • OH3 (Overtemperature at inside air) • dBH (Overheating at DB circuit) • OL1 (Motor 1 overload) • OL2 (Motor 2 overload) • OLU (Inverter unit overload) • OS (Overspeed) • PG (PG error) • Er1 (Memory error) • Er2 (KEYPAD panel communication error) • Er3 (CPU error) • Er4 (Option error) • Er5 (Option error) • Er6 (Operation procedure error) • Er7 (Output phase loss error, impedance imbalance) • Er7. (Charging circuit alarm, 30kW or larger) • Er8 (RS-485 error)
12 Terminal Functions Terminal Functions Symbol L1/R, L2/S, L3/T U,V,W P1, P(+) P(+), N(-) P(+), DB G R0,T0 13 12 (Torque control) (PID control) (PG feedback) C1 FWD REV X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 (SS1) (SS2) (SS4) (SS8) (RT1) (RT2) (HLD) (BX) (RST) (THR) (JOG) (Hz2/Hz1) (M2/M1) (DCBRK) (TL2/TL1) (SW50) (SW60) (DOWN) (WE-KP) (Hz/PID) (IVS) (IL) (Hz/TRQ) (STM) (PG/Hz) (SYC) (STOP1) (STOP2) PLC CM Terminal name Power input Inverter output For DC REACTOR For BRAKING UNIT For EXTERNAL BRAKING RESISTOR Grounding Auxiliary control power supply Potentiometer power supply Voltage input Used for torque control reference signal. Used for PID control reference signal or feedback signal. Used for reference signal of PG feedback control (option) Current input (PID control) Forward operation command Reverse operation command Digital input 1 Digital input 2 Digital input 3 Digital input 4 Digital input 5 Digital input 6 Digital input 7 Digital input 8 Digital input 9 Multistep freq. selection ACC / DEC time selection 3-wire operation stop command Coast-to-stop command Alarm reset Trip command (External fault) Jogging operation Freq. set 2 / Freq. set 1 Motor 2 / Motor 1 DC brake command Torque limiter 2 / Torque limiter 1 Switching operation between line and inverter DOWN command Write enable for KEYPAD PID control cancel Inverse mode changeover Interlock signal for 52-2 TRQ control cancel Pick up start mode SY-PG enabled Syuhronization command Forced stop command PLC terminal Common Function Connect a 3-phase power supply. Connect a 3-phase induction motor. Connect the DC REACTOR for power-factor correcting or harmonic current reducing. • Connect the BRAKING UNIT (Option). • Used for DC bus connection system. Connect the EXTERNAL BRAKING RESISTOR (Option) Ground terminal for inverter chassis (housing). Connect the same AC power supply as that of the main circuit to back up the control circuit power supply. +10V DC power supply for frequency setting POT ( POT: 1 to 5kΩ ) • 0 to +10V DC/0 to 100% (0 to +5V DC/0 to 100% ) • Reversible operation can be selected by function setting. 0 to ±10V DC /0 to ±100% (0 to ±5V DC/0 to ±100% ) • Inverse mode operation can be selected by function setting or digital input signal. +10 to 0V DC/0 to 100% • 4 to 20mA DC/0 to 100% • Inverse mode operation can be selected by function setting or digital input signal. 20 to 4mA DC/0 to 100% Used for PID control reference signal or feedback signal. FWD - CM: ON ..... The motor runs in the forward direction. FWD - CM: OFF ..... The motor decelerates and stops. REV - CM: ON ..... The motor runs in the reverse direction. REV - CM: OFF ..... The motor decelerates and stops. These terminals can be preset as follows. (SS1) : 2 (0, 1) different frequencies are selectable. (SS1,SS2) : 4 (0 to 3) different frequencies are selectable. (SS1,SS2,SS4) : 8 (0 to 7) different frequencies are selectable. (SS1,SS2,SS4,SS8) : 16 (0 to 15) different frequencies are selectable. (RT1) : 2 (0, 1) different ACC / DEC times are selectable. (RT1,RT2) : 4 (0 to 3) different ACC / DEC times are selectable. Used for 3-wire operation. (HLD) - CM: ON ..... The inverter self-holds FWD or REV signal. (HLD) - CM: OFF ..... The inverter releases self-holding. (BX) - CM: ON ..... Motor will coast-to-stop. (No alarm signal will be output.) (RST) - CM: ON ..... Faults are reset. (This signal should be held for more than 0.1s.) (THR) - CM: OFF ..... "OH2 trip" occurs and motor will coast-to-stop. (JOG) - CM: ON ..... JOG frequency is effective. (Hz2/Hz1) - CM: ON ..... Freq. set 2 is effective. (M2/M1) - CM: ON ..... The motor circuit parameter and V/f characteristics are changed to the second motor's ones. (DCBRK) - CM: ON .....The DC injection brake is effective. (In the inverter deceleration mode) (TL2/TL1) - CM: ON ..... Torque limiter 2 is effective. (SW50(SW60)) - CM: ON .....The motor is changed from inverter operation to line operation. (SW50(SW60)) - CM: OFF ..... The motor is changed from line operation to inverter operation. Forced stop command with Deceleration time4 (STOP2) - CM: ON ..... The motor decelerates and stops with Deceleration time4. (WE-KP) - CM: ON ..... The data is changed by KEYPAD. (Hz/PID) - CM: ON ..... The PID control is canceled,and frequency setting by KEYPAD ( or )is effective. (IVS) - CM: ON ..... Inverse mode is effective in analog signal input. Connect to auxiliary contact (1NC) of 52-2. (Hz/TRQ) - CM: ON ..... The torque control is canceled, and ordinary operation is effective. (LE) Link enable (RS-485, Bus) (LE) - CM: ON ..... The link opereation is effective. Used to switch operation between ordinary operation and link operation to communication. (STM) - CM: ON ..... The "Pick up" start mode is effective. (PG/Hz) - CM: ON ..... Synchronized operation or PG-feedback operation is effective. (SYC) - CM: ON .....The motor is controlled for synchronized operation between 2 axes with PGs. (STOP1) - CM: ON ..... The motor decelerates and stops. (EXITE) Pre-exciting command: (EXITE) - CM: ON ..... The magnetic flux can be established preliminary before starting at PG vector mode. Connect PLC power supply to avoid malfunction of the inveter that has SINK type digital input,when PLC power supply is off. Common for digital signal Remarks DC REACTOR: 55kW or smaller : Option 75kW or larger : Standard BRAKING UNIT (Option): G11S: 11kW or larger, P11S: 15kW or larger G11S : 7.5kW or smaller, P11S : 11kW or smaller 0.75kW or smaller: Not correspond • Allowable maximum output current : 10mA • Input impedance: 22kΩ • Allowable maximum input voltage: ±15V DC • If input voltage is 10 to 15V DC, the inverter estimates it to10V DC. • Input impedance:250kΩ • Allowable maximum input current: 30mA DC • If input current is 20 to 30mA DC , the inverter estimates it to20mA DC. 11 Common Common for analog signal Isolated from terminals CME and CM. When FWD and REV are simultaneously ON,the motor decelerates and stops. • ON state maximum input voltage: 2V (maximum source current : 5mA) • OFF state maximum terminal voltage: 22 to 27V (allowable maximum leakage current: 0.5mA) Frequency 0 is set by F01 (or C30). (All signals of SS1 to SS8 are OFF) Time 0 is set by F07/F08. (All signals of RT1 to RT2 are OFF) Assigned to terminal X7 at factory setting. • The motor restarts from 0Hz by turning off BX with the operation command (FWD or REV) ON. • Assigned to terminal X8 at factory setting. • During normal operating, this signal is ignored. • Assigned to X9 at factory setting. This alarm signal is held internally. This signal is effective only while the inverter is stopping. If this signal is changed while the inverter is running, the signal is effective only after the inverter stops. If this signal is changed while the inverter is running, the signal is effective only after the inverter stops. If the operation command(FWD/REV) is input while DC braking is effective, the operation command (FWD/REV) has priority. Main circuit changeover signals are output through Y1 to Y5 terinal. (UP) UP command (UP) - CM: ON ..... The output frequency increases. (DOWN) - CM: ON ..... The output frequency decreases. • The output frequency change rate is determined by ACC / DEC time. • Restarting frequency can be selected from 0Hz or setting value at the time of stop. When UP and DOWN commands are simultaneously ON,DOWN signal is effective. If this signal is changed while the inverter is running, the signal is effective only after the inverter stops. RS-485: Standard, Bus: Option (U-DI) Universal DI This signal is transmitted to main controller of LINK operation. (ZERO) Zero speed command (ZERO) - CM: ON ..... The motor decelerates and holds its rotor angle. This function can be selected at PG feedback control. Option Option Option Isolated from terminals CME and 11. Main circuit Digital input Analong input
13 Symbol FMA (11) FMPPulse output Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 (RUN) (FAR) (FDT1) (LU) (B/D) (TL) (IPF) (OL1) (KP) (STP) (RDY) (SW88) (SW52-2) (SW52-1) (SWM2) (AX) (TU) (TO) (STG1) (STG2) (STG4) (AL1) (AL2) (AL4) (AL8) (FAN) (TRY) (U-DO) (OH) (SY) (LIFE) CME Terminal name Analog monitor (Common) Pulse rate monitor Transistor output 1 Transistor output 2 Transistor output 3 Transistor output 4 Inverter running Frequency equivalence signal Frequency level detection Undervoltage detection signal Torque polarity Torque limiting Auto-restarting Overload early warning KEYPAD operation mode Inverter stopping Ready output Line/Inv changeover (for 88) Line/Inv changeover (for 52-2) Line/Inv changeover (for 52-1) Motor2/Motor1 Auxiliary terminal (for 52-1) Time-up signal Cycle completion signal Stage No indication 1 Stage No indication 2 Stage No indication 4 Alarm indication 1 Alarm indication 2 Alarm indication 4 Alarm indication 8 Fan operation signal Auto-resetting Universal DO Overheat early warning Synchronization completion signal Lifetime alarm Common (transistor output) Function Output voltage (0 to 10V DC) is proportional to selected function’s value as follows. The proportional coefficient and bias value can be preset. • Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) ( 0 to max. frequency ) • Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) ( 0 to max. frequency ) • Output current ( 0 to 200% ) • Output voltage ( 0 to 200% ) • Output torque ( 0 to 200% ) • Load factor ( 0 to 200% ) • Input power ( 0 to 200% ) • PID feedback value ( 0 to 100% ) • PG feedback value ( 0 to max. speed ) • DC link circuit voltage ( 400V series : 0 to 1000V) ( 200V series : 0 to 500V) • Universal AO ( 0 to 100%) • Pulse rate mode : Pulse rate is proportional to selected function’s value* (50% duty pulse) • Average voltage mode : Average voltage is proportional to selected function’s value* (2670P/S pulse width control) * Kinds of function to be output is same as those of analog output (FMA). Output the selected signals from the following items. Outputs ON signal when the output frequency is higher than starting frequency. Outputs ON signal when the difference between output frequency and setting frequency is smaller than FAR hysteresis width. Outputs ON signal by comparison of output frequency and preset value (level and hysteresis). Outputs ON signal when the inverter stops by undervoltage while the operation command is ON. Outputs ON signal in braking or stopping mode, and OFF signal in driving mode. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is in torque-limiting mode. Outputs ON signal during auto restart operation mode.(including "restart time") • Outputs ON signal when the electronic thermal value is higher than preset alarm level. • Outputs ON signal when the output current value is higher than preset alarm level. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is in KEYPAD operation mode. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is stopping mode or in DC braking mode. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is ready for operation. Outputs 88's ON signal for Line/Inverter changeover operation. Outputs 52-2’s ON signal for Line/Inverter changeover operation. Outputs 52-1’s ON signal for Line/Inverter changeover operation. Outputs the motor changeover switch ON signal from motor 1 to motor 2. Used for auxiliary circuit of 52-1. (Same function as AX1, AX2 terminal by FRENIC5000G9S series. (30kW or larger)) Outputs time up signal (100ms ON pulse) at every stage end of PATTERN operation. Outputs one cycle completion signal (100ms ON pulse) at PATTERN operation. Outputs PATTERN operation’s stage No. by signals STG1, STG2 and STG4. Outputs trip alarm No. by signals AL1, AL2, AL4, and AL8. Outputs the inverter cooling fan operation status signal. Outputs ON signal at auto resetting mode. (Including "Reset interval") Outputs command signal from main controller of LINK operation. Outputs ON signal when the heat sink temperature is higher than (trip level – 10°C), and outputs OFF signal when the temperature is lower than (trip level – 15°C). Synchronization completion signal for synchronized operation. Outputs ON signal when the calculated lifetime is longer than preset alarm level. Common for transistor output signal. Remarks Allowable maximum output current: 2mA Allowable maximum output current : 2mA • ON state maximum output voltage : 2V (Allowable maximum sink current : 50mA) • OFF state maximum leakage current : 0.1mA (Allowable maximum voltage : 27V) Reffer to wiring diagram example. Option Isolated from terminals CM and 11. 30A, 30B, 30C Alarm relay output Outputs a contact signal when a protective function is activated. Changeable exciting mode active or non-exciting mode active by function "F36". • Contact rating : 250V AC, 0.3A, cosø=0.3 Y5A,Y5C Relay output Functions can be selected the same as Y1 to Y4. Changeable exciting mode active or non-exciting mode active by function "E25". 48V DC, 0.5A, non-inductive LINK DXA, DXB, SD Connect the RS-485 link signal.RS-485 I/O terminal (FDT2) 2nd Freq. level detection 2nd-outputs ON signal by comparison of output frequency and preset value (FDT2 level). (OL2) 2nd OL level early warning 2nd-outputs ON signal when the output current value is larger than preset alarm level (OL2 level). (C1OFF) Terminal C1 off signal Outputs ON signal when the C1 current is smaller than 2mA. (DNZS) Speed existance signal Outputs ON signal at detection of motor speed when using OPC-G11S-PG/PG2/SY. Analog output (CM) (Common) Transistor output Relay output Terminal Functions
14 Keypad panel Operation Basic Wiring Diagram The following diagram is for reference only. For detailed wiring diagrams, refer to the relevant instruction manual. *1) Use the inverter whose rated input voltage matches the power supply voltage. *2) Use this peripheral device when necessary. *3) 55kW or smaller: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are connected with a jumper wire before shipping. When connecting an optional DC reactor (DCR)*6), remove the jumper wire that connects the terminals [P1] and [P(+)]. 75kW or larger: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are not connected at shipment from factory. Be sure to connect the DC reactor (DCR) *6) standard provided to these terminals. *4) For G11S models from 0.2 to 7.5kW, a built-in braking resistor (DBR) is connected to the inverter before shipping. (DBR is not mounted on G11S models 11kW or larger, and P11S models.) *5) Terminals [R0] and [T0] are provided for G11S models 1.5kW or larger, and P11S models. These terminals are not provided for G11S models 0.75kW or smaller. Even if these terminals are not powered, the inverter can be operated. NOTE: Common terminals [11], (CM), and <CME> for control circuits are isolated from one another. Terminal Arrangement 400 to 440V/50Hz, 440 to 480V/60Hz U1 (Factory setting) 380V/50Hz (398V or smaller), U2380 to 415V/60Hz (430V or smaller) Input voltage CNUX connector 30C Y5C Y4 Y2 CME 11 12 13 CM FWD REV CM X7 X8 X9 DXB DXA SD 30A 30B Y5A Y3 Y1 C1 FMA FMP PLC X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 FRN0.4G11S-4JE~FRN0.75G11S-4JE / FRN0.2G11S-2JE~FRN0.75G11S-2JE • Main circuit terminals • Control circuit terminals FRN1.5G11S-4JE~FRN3.7G11S-4JE / FRN1.5G11S-2JE~FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE~FRN7.5G11S-4JE / FRN5.5G11S-2JE~FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE~FRN11P11S-4JE / FRN5.5P11S-2JE~FRN11P11S-2JE FRN11G11S-4JE~FRN22G11S-4JE / FRN11G11S-2JE~FRN22G11S-2JE FRN15P11S-4JE~FRN22P11S-4JE / FRN15P11S-2JE~FRN22P11S-2JE L1/R L2/S L3/T DB P1 P(+) N(-) U V W R0 T0 GG L1/R L2/S L3/T DB P1 P(+) N(-) U V W R0 T0 G L1/R L2/S L3/T P1 P(+) N(-) U V W R0 T0 G G G L1/R L2/S L3/T DB P1 P(+) N(-) U V W G G FRN30G11S-4JE~FRN110G11S-4JE / FRN30G11S-2JE~FRN55G11S-2JE FRN30P11S-4JE~FRN132P11S-4JE / FRN30P11S-2JE~FRN75P11S-2JE L1/R L2/S L3/T P1 P(+) N(-) U V W G G R0 T0 FRN132G11S-4JE~FRN220G11S-4JE / FRN90G11S-2JE FRN160P11S-4JE~FRN280P11S-4JE / FRN110P11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE, FRN90P11S-2JE L1/R L2/S L3/T P1 P(+) N(-) U V W G G R0 T0 P1 P(+) N(-) U VL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 G G W FRN280G11S-4JE~FRN315G11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE~FRN400P11S-4JE P1 UL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 V W P1 U P(+) P(+) N(-) N(-) L1/R L2/S L3/T G G V W P1 UL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 V W P1 U N(-) N(-) P(+) P(+)L1/R L2/S L3/T G G V W FRN355G11S-4JE~FRN400G11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE~FRN500P11S-4JE FRN500G11S-4JE, FRN630G11S-4JE / FRN630P11S-4JE, FRN710P11S-4JE P(+) UL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 V W P1 P1 UN(-) N(-) P(+) L1/R L2/S L3/T V W GG L1/R L2/S L3/T U V W G GG M N(-) N(-) N(-) P(+) DBR DBP(+) P1 (R0) (T0) (X9) (CM) (FMP) (DXB) (DXA) (SD) (X1) (PLC) (FWD) (REV) (CM) (X8) <Y5C > <Y5A > <Y4 > <Y1 > <Y2 > <Y3 > <CME > (X7) (X6) (X5) (X4) (X3) (X2) 0V 30C 30B 30A30 0V +DC10V +DC24V +DC0~10V [13] [12] [11] [C1] [FMA] G11S:11 to 55 kW 75 kW or larger P11S:5.5 to 55 kW P(+)P1 P1 MCCB or ELCB ( *2) Power supply ( *1) 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz or 3-phase 400 to 480V 50/60Hz Main circuit Jumper wire (*3) (*6) (*4) (*3) Auxiliary control power supply( *5) Grounding Grounding Control circuit Analog input Potentiometer power supply Voltage input Current input Analog output (analog monitor) Digital input Pulse output (frequency monitor) *Option Pulse output Motor* DC reactor (DCR) Alarm output (for any fault) Relay output Transistor output G11S:7.5 kW or smaller RS-485 interface port CNUX ( ) U1 U2
15 The following diagram is for reference only. For detailed wiring diagrams, refer to the relevant instruction manual. *1)Use the inverter whose rated input voltage matches the power supply voltage. *2)An optional device. Use it when necessary. *3)Use this peripheral device when necessary. *4)55kW or smaller: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are connected with a jumper wire before shipping. When connecting an optional DC reactor (DCR) *9), remove the jumper wire that connects the terminals [P1] and [P(+)]. 75kW or larger: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are not connected at shipment from factory. Be sure to connect the DC reactor (DCR) *9) standard provided to these terminals. *5)For G11S models from 0.2 to 7.5kW, a built-in braking resistor (DBR) is connected to the inverter before shipping. (DBR is not mounted on G11S models 11kW or larger, and P11S models.) When connecting an optional external braking resistor (DB), remove the DBR connection cables from [P(+)] and [DB] terminals. The end of the removed cables (indicated with an X) must be insulated. *6)When connecting an optional external braking resistor (DB), be sure to also use an optional braking unit *8). Connect the optional braking unit to the [P(+)] and [N(-)] terminals. Auxiliary terminals [1] and [2] have polarity. Be sure to connect cables to these terminals correctly. (See the diagram) *7)Terminals [R0] and [T0] are provided for G11S models 1.5kW or larger, and P11S models.These terminals are not provided for G11S models 0.75kW or smaller. Even if these terminals are not powered, the inverter can be operated. NOTE: Common terminals [11], (CM), and <CME> for control circuits are isolated from one another. External signal input Operation 400 to 440V/50Hz, 440 to 480V/60Hz U1 380V/50Hz (398V or smaller), U2 (Factory setting)380 to 415V/60Hz (430V or smaller) Input voltage CNUX connector ( + ) ( - ) L1/R L2/S L3/T U V W G GG M N(-)P(+)P1 (R0) (T0) (X9) (CM) (FMP) (DXB) (DXA) (SD) (X1) (PLC) (FWD) (REV) (CM) (X8) (X7) (X6) (X5) (X4) (X3) (X2) 0V 30C 30B 30A30 0V +DC10V +DC24V +DC0~10V [13] [12] [11] [C1] [FMA] G11S:11 kW or larger P11S:5.5 kW or larger MCCB or ELCB ( *3) Power supply ( *1) 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz or 3-phase 400 to 480V 50/60Hz Main circuit (*5) Grounding Grounding Control circuit Analog input Digital input Pulse output Motor* Alarm output (for any fault) Relay output Transistor output 60Hz 1 2 3 Auxiliary control power supply ( *7) Potentiometer power supply (*2) ( *8) Analog frequency meter (FM) 0 to 60Hz (*2) DC reactor (DCR) (*2) ( *9) Current input 4 to 20mA External braking resistor (DB) (*2) (*6) External braking resistor (DB) (*2) (*6) Braking unit ( *2) ( *8) G DB 2 1 DB N(-) DBR (CM) (CM) (THR) (THR) P P(+) G G N DBP 2 1 2 1 P P DB (*4) G11S:7.5 kW or smaller Digital frepuency meter (pulse counter) (*2) <Y5C > <Y5A > <Y4 > <Y1 > <Y2 > <Y3 > <CME > RS-485 interface port *Option CNUX ( ) U1 x x U2
16 Keypad Panel Functions and Operations Keypad panel LCD monitor In operation mode : Displays various items of information such as operation condition and function data. Operation guidance, which can be scrolled, is displayed at the bottom. In program mode : Displays functions and data. FWD/REV keys In operation mode : Starts the inverter with forward or reverse operation command. Pressing the FWD or REV key lights the RUN lamp. Invalid when the function code F02 (Operation method) is set at 1 (External signal operation). Stop key In operation mode : Stops the inverter. Invalid when the function code F02 (Operation method) is set at 1 (External signal operation). Unit indication Displays the unit for the information shown on the LED monitor. Program key Switches the display to a menu screen or to the initial screen for operation mode or alarm mode. Shift key (Column shift) In program mode : Moves the cursor horizontally at data change. Pressing this key with the UP or DOWN key, the screen changes to the next function block. Function/Data Select key In operation mode : Changes the displayed values of LED monitor. In program mode : Selects the function code or stores the data. Up/Down keys In operation mode : Increases or decreases the frequency or speed. In program mode : Increases or decreases function code number and data set value. Reset key In program mode : Cancels the current input data and shifts the screen. In trip mode : Releases the trip-stop state. LED monitor In operation mode: Displays the setting frequency, output current, voltage, motor speed, or line speed. In trip mode: Displays code indicating the cause of trip.
17 Perform the wiring shown in the Basic wiring diagram on page 14. Turn on inverter power, and use the or key to set an output frequency. Press the key, then press the or key. The inverter starts running using the factory setting function data. Press the key to stop the inverter. Procedure for selecting function codes and data codes The following is a sample procedure for selecting a function code and changing the function data. 1 Press the key to switch the operation monitor screen to the program menu screen. 2 Select “1. DATA SET” , and press the key. 4 Use the , , and keys to change the function data to the target value. (Use the key to move the cursor when you want to enter a numerical value.) 5 Press the key to store the updated function data in memory. The screen shifts for the selection of the next function. 6 Pressing the key switches the screen to the operation monitor screen. 1) Setting a frequency When the operation monitor screen is displayed, a frequency can be set by using the or key in both the operation and stop modes.When the target frequency is displayed, press the key to enter the frequency in memory. 2) Switching a unit indication During both operation and stop modes, each time the key is pressed, the value displayed on the LED monitor changes, and the unit indication on the LCD monitor shifts from Hz to A, V, r/min, m/min, kW, and % in this order in accordance with the displayed value. F01 FREQ CMD 1 0 0~11 F00 DATA PRTC F01 FREQ CMD 1 F02 OPR METHOD F03 MAX Hz-1 → 1. DATA SET 2. DATA CHECK 3. OPR MNTR 4. I / O CHECK RUN FWD PRG → PRG MENU F/D → LED SHIFT RUN FWD PRG → PRG MENU F/D → LED SHIFT 3 Press the or key to select a target function code. To quickly scroll the function select screen, press key and the or key at the same time. At the target function, press key. F02 OPR METHOD F03 MAX Hz-1 F04 BASE Hz-1 F05 RATED V-1 Keypad panel operation
18 Function settings Fundamental Functions Data protection Frequency command 1 Operation method Maximum frequency 1 Base frequency 1 Rated voltage 1 ( at Base frequency 1 ) Maximum voltage 1 ( at Maximum frequency 1 ) Acceleration time 1 Deceleration time 1 Torque boost 1 Electronic thermal (Select) overload protection for motor 1 Electronic thermal overload protection (for braking resistor) Restart mode after momentary power failure (operation selection) Gain (for frequency setting signal) Bias frequency Stop frequency Motor sound (Carrier freq.) (Sound tone) FMA (Voltage adjust) (Function) Torque limit 1 (Driving) Torque vector control 1 (Level) (Thermal time constant) Frequency (High) limiter (Low) DC brake (Starting freq.) (Braking level) (Braking time) Starting frequency (Freq.) (Holding time) 0.0 to 60.0Hz 0.0 (DC brake inactive), 0.1 to 30.0s 0.1 to 60.0Hz 0.0 to 10.0s (Function) FMP (Pulse rate) (Voltage adjust) 30RY operation mode (Braking) 0 : Data change enable 1 : Data protection 0 : KEYPAD operation ( or key) 1 : Voltage input (terminals 12) (0 to +10V DC, 0 to +5V DC) 2 : Current input (terminal C1) (4 to 20mA DC) 3 : Voltage and current input (terminals 12 and C1) 4 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminal 12)(0 to ±10V DC) 5 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminals 12 and V1) (0 to ±10V DC) 6 : Inverse mode operation (terminals 12) (+10 to 0V DC) 7 : Inverse mode operation (terminal C1) (20 to 4mA DC) 8 : UP/DOWN control 1 (initial freq. = 0Hz) 9 : UP/DOWN control 2 (initial freq. = last value) 10 : PATTERN operation 11 : DI option or Pulse train input 0 : Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) 1 : Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) 2 : Output current 3 : Output voltage 4 : Output torque 5 : Load factor 6 : Input power 7 : PID feedback value 8 : PG feedback value 9 : DC link circuit voltage 10 : Universal AO 0 : Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) 1 : Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) 2 : Output current 3 : Output voltage 4 : Output torque 5 : Load factor 6 : Input power 7 : PID feedback value 8 : PG feedback value 9 : DC link circuit voltage 10 : Universal AO 0 : The relay (30) excites on trip mode. 1 : The relay (30) excites on normal mode. G11S : 20 to 200, 999% (999: No limit) *2) P11S : 20 to 150, 999% (999: No limit) 0 : KEYPAD operation ( or or key) 1 : FWD or REV command signal operation G11S : 50 to 400Hz P11S : 50 to 120Hz G11S : 25 to 400Hz P11S : 25 to 120Hz G11S : 0 to 400Hz P11S : 0 to 120Hz G11S : 0 to 400Hz P11S : 0 to 120Hz G11S : –400.0 to 400.0Hz P11S : –120.0 to 120.0Hz G11S : 0 to 100% 0% : (Pluse rate output: 50% duty) 1 to 200% : (Voltage adjust: 2670p/s, duty adjust) G11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 200, 999% (999: No limit) *2) P11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 150, 999% (999: No limit) P11S : 0 to 80% 0(Free), 320 to 480V (400V class) 0(Free), 80 to 240V (200V class) 320 to 480V (400V class) 80 to 240V (200V class) 0.01 to 3600s 0.01 to 3600s 0.0 : Automatic (for constant torque load) 0.1 to 1.9 : Manual (for variable torque load) 2.0 to 20.0 : Manual (for constant torque load) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (for 4-pole standard motor) 2 : Active (for 4-pole inverter motor) Approx. 20 to 135% of rated current 0.5 to 75.0 min G11S [7.5kW or smaller] 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (built-in braking resistor) 2 : Active (DB***-2C / 4C external braking resistor) [11kW or larger] 0 : Inactive P11S [11kW or smaller] 0,1: Inactive 2 : Active (DB***-2C / 4C external braking resistor) [15kW or larger] 0 : Inactive 0 : Inactive (Trip and alarm when power failure occurs.) 1 : Inactive (Trip, and alarm when power recovers.) 2 : Inactive (Deceleration stop, and alarm.) 3 : Active (Smooth recovery by continuous operation mode) 4 : Active (Momentarily stops and restarts at output frequency of before power failure) 5 : Active (Momentarily stops and restarts at starting frequency) 0.0 to 200.0% 0.1 to 60.0Hz 0.75 to 15kHz (G11S : 55kW or smaller, P11S : 22kW or smaller) 0.75 to 10kHz (G11S : 75 to 400kW, P11S : 30 to 75kW) 0.75 to 6kHz (G11S : 500, 630kW, P11S : 90 to 630kW) 0.75 to 4kHz (P11S : 710kW) 0 : level 0 1 : level 1 2 : level 2 3 : level 3 0 to 200% 300 to 6000 p/s (at full scale) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active - - - 1Hz 1Hz 1V 1V 0.01s 0.01s 0.1 - - 0.1% 0.1Hz 0.1Hz 1kHz - 1% - - - 0 0 0 60 60 380 220 380 220 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 5.0 10.0 G11S : 0.0 P11S : 0.1 1 0.01A *1) - - - - 1 0 0 0 0.1min 1 1Hz 70 1Hz 0 100.0 0.0 0.1Hz 0.0 1% 0 0.1s 0.0 0.1Hz 0.5 0.1s 0.0 0.2 2 0 100 - 0 0 1p/s 1440 1% 0 0 1% 999 1% 999 0 Basic Functions Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F00 F01 F02 F03 F04 F05 F06 F07 F08 F09 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F25 F26 F27 F30 F31 F35 F34 F33 F36 F40 F41 F42 DC BRK Hz DC BRK LVL DC BRK t START Hz HOLDING t DATA PRTC FREQ CMD 1 OPR METHOD MAX Hz-1 BASE Hz-1 RATED V-1 MAX V-1 ACC TIME1 DEC TIME1 TRQ BOOST1 ELCTRN OL1 OL LEVEL1 TIME CNST 1 DBR OL RESTART H LIMITER L LIMITER FREQ GAIN FREQ BIAS STOP Hz MTR SOUND MTR TONE FMA V-ADJ FMA FUNC FMP FUNC FMP V-ADJ FMP PULSES 30RY MODE DRV TRQ 1 BRK TRQ 1 TRQVECTOR1 The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped.
19 The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Extension Terminal Funcitons Acceleration time 3 Y1 terminal function Y3 terminal function (Braking) Y4 terminal function Y5A,Y5C terminal function Acceleration time 2 Deceleration time 2 Deceleration time 3 Acceleration time 4 Deceleration time 4 Torque limit 2 (Driving) Y2 terminal function FAR function signal (Hysteresis) Y5 RY operation mode FDT1 function signal (Level) (Hysteresis) OL1 function signal (Mode select) (Level) (Timer) Selects from the following items. 0.0 to 10.0 Hz 0.1 to 60.0s 0 : Inactive (Y5 Ry excites at "ON signal" mode.) 1 : Active (Y5 Ry excites at "OFF signal" mode.) 0.0 to 30.0 Hz 0 : [SS1] 1 : [SS2] 2 : [SS4] 3 : [SS8] 4 : [RT1] 5 : [RT2] 6 : 3-wire operation stop command [HLD] 7 : Coast-to-stop command [BX] 8 : Alarm reset [RST] 9 : Trip command (External fault) [THR] 10 : Jogging operation [JOG] 11 : Freq. set. 2 / Freq. set. 1 [Hz2/Hz1] 12 : Motor 2 / Motor 1 [M2/M1] 13 : DC brake command [DCBRK] 14 : Torque limiter 2 / Torque limiter 1 [TL2/TL1] 15 : Switching operation between line and inverter (50Hz) [SW50] 16 : Switching operation between line and inverter (60Hz) [SW60] 17 : UP command [UP] 18 : DOWN command [DOWN] 19 : Write enable for KEYPAD [WE-KP] 20 : PID control cancel [Hz/PID] 21 : Inverse mode changeover (terminals 12 and C1 ) [IVS] 22 : Interlock signal for 52-2 [IL] 23 : TRQ control cancel [Hz/TRQ] 24 : Link enable (Bus,RS485) [LE] 25 : Universal DI [U-DI] 26 : Pick up start mode [STM] 27 : SY-PG enable [PG/Hz] 28 : Synchronization command [SYC] 29 : Zero speed command [ZERO] 30 : Forced stop command [STOP1] 31 : Forced stop command with Deceleration time 4 [STOP2] 32 : Pre-exciting command [EXITE] 33 : Line speed control Cancellation [Hz/LSC] 34 : Line speed frequency memory [LSC-HLD] 35 : Frequency setting 1 / Frequency setting 2 [Hz1/Hz2] 0 : Inverter running [RUN] 1 : Frequency equivalence signal [FAR] 2 : Frequency level detection [FDT1] 3 : Undervoltage detection signal [LU] 4 : Torque polarity [B/D] 5 : Torque limiting [TL] 6 : Auto-restarting [IPF] 7 : Overload early warning [OL1] 8 : KEYPAD operation mode [KP] 9 : Inverter stopping [STP] 10 : Ready output [RDY] 11 : Line/Inv changeover ( for 88) [SW88] 12 : Line/Inv changeover ( for 52-2) [SW52-2] 13 : Line/Inv changeover ( for 52-1) [SW52-1] 14 : Motor 2 / Motor 1 [SWM2] 15 : Auxiliary terminal (for 52-1) [AX] 16 : Time-up signal [TU] 17 : Cycle completion signal [TO] 18 : Stage No. indication 1 [STG1] 19 : Stage No. indication 2 [STG2] 20 : Stage No. indication 4 [STG4] 21 : Alarm indication 1 [AL1] 22 : Alarm indication 2 [AL2] 23 : Alarm indication 4 [AL4] 24 : Alarm indication 8 [AL8] 25 : Fan operation signal [FAN] 26 : Auto-resetting [TRY] 27 : Universal DO [U-DO] 28 : Overheat early warning [OH] 29 : Synchronization completion signal [SY] 30 : Life expectancy detection signal [LIFE] 31 : 2nd Freq. level detection [FDT2] 32 : 2nd OL level early warning [OL2] 33 : Terminal C1 off signal [C1OFF] 34 : Speed existance signal [DNZS] 35 : Speed agreement signal [DSAG] 36 : PG error signal [PG-ABN] 37 : Torque limiting (Signal with delay) [TL2] G11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 200%, 999% (999: No limit) *2) G11S : 20 to 200%, 999% (999: No limit) *2) P11S : 20 to 150%, 999% (999: No limit) P11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 150%, 999% (999: No limit) G11S : Approx. 5 to 200% of rated current P11S : Approx. 5 to 150% of rated current Selects from the following items. 0.01 to 3600s 0 : Thermal calculation 1 : Output current - - 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s - - 0.1Hz 0.1s 0 2 - 1 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 1% 999 1% 999 0 2 - 1 - 7 - 10 2.5 0.1Hz 1.0 1Hz 60 - 0 0.01A *1 10.0 X1-X9 Terminal ACC 2,3,4 DEC 2,3,4 Y1-Y5C Terminal Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting OL2 function (Level) G11S : Approx. 5 to 200% of rated current P11S : Approx. 5 to 150% of rated current 0.01A *1 FDT2 function (Level) E23 E24 E01 E02 E04 E05 E06 E07 E08 X1 terminal function X3 terminal function X2 terminal function X4 terminal function X5 terminal function X6 terminal function X7 terminal function X8 terminal function X9 terminal function E09 E03 E12 E10 E11 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E20 E22 E21 E30 E25 E32 E31 E33 E34 E35 E37 E36 Y4 FUNC Y5 FUNC X1 FUNC X2 FUNC X4 FUNC X5 FUNC X6 FUNC X7 FUNC X8 FUNC X9 FUNC X3 FUNC ACC TIME3 ACC TIME2 DEC TIME2 DEC TIME3 ACC TIME4 DEC TIME4 DRV TRQ 2 BRK TRQ 2 Y1 FUNC Y3 FUNC Y2 FUNC FAR HYSTR Y5RY MODE FDT HYSTR FDT1 LEVEL OL1 WARNING OL1 LEVEL OL TIMER OL2 LEVEL FDT2 LEVEL 1Hz 60 Multistep freq. selection (1 to 4 bit) For Line / Inverter changeover operation For PATTERN operation For Alarm signal output ACC / DEC time selection (1 to 2 bit) 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 G11S : 0 to 400 Hz P11S : 0 to 120 Hz G11S : 0 to 400 Hz P11S : 0 to 120 Hz
20 The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Extension Terminal Functions (cont’d) The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Control Functions of Frequency Display coefficient A Display coefficient B LED Display filter LED Monitor (Function) (Display at STOP mode) LCD Monitor (Function) Language LCD Monitor (Contrast) –999.00 to 999.00 –999.00 to 999.00 0.0 to 5.0s 0(Soft) to 10(Hard) 0 : Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) (Hz) 1 : Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) (Hz) 2 : Setting frequency (Hz) 3 : Output current (A) 4 : Output voltage (V) 5 : Motor synchronous speed (r/min) 6 : Line speed (m/min) 7 : Load shaft speed (r/min) 8 : Torque calculation value (%) 9 : Input power 10 : PID reference value 11 : PID reference value (remote) 12 : PID feedback value 0 : Japanese 1 : English 2 : German 3 : French 4 : Spanish 5 : Italian 0 : Setting value 1 : Output value 0 : Displays operation guidance 1 : Bar graph (Output freq.,Output current,and Output torque) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.1s 0.5 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 5 LED & LCD Monitor Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting E40 E42 E43 E44 E45 E46 E41 E47 COEF A DISPLAY FL LED MNTR LED MNTR2 LCD MNTR LANGUAGE COEF B CONTRAST Jump (Jump freq. 1) frequency (Jump freq. 2) (Jump freq. 3) (Hysteresis) Multistep (Freq. 1) frequency (Freq. 2) setting (Freq. 3) (Freq. 4) (Freq. 5) (Freq. 6) (Freq. 7) (Freq. 8) (Freq. 9) (Freq.10) (Freq.11) (Freq.12) (Freq.13) (Freq.14) PATTERN (Mode select) operation (Stage 1) (Stage 2) Offset (Terminal 12) (Terminal C1) (Stage 3) (Stage 4) (Stage 5) (Stage 6) (Stage 7) (Freq.15) Analog setting signal filter 0 to 30Hz • Operation time: 0.00 to 6000s • F1 to F4 and R1 to R4 Code FWD / REV ACC / DEC F1 : FWD ACC1 / DEC1 F2 : FWD ACC2 / DEC2 F3 : FWD ACC3 / DEC3 F4 : FWD ACC4 / DEC4 R1 : REV ACC1 / DEC1 R2 : REV ACC2 / DEC2 R3 : REV ACC3 / DEC3 R4 : REV ACC4 / DEC4 –5.0 to +5.0% –5.0 to +5.0% 0.00 to 5.00s 0 : KEYPAD operation ( or key) 1 : Voltage input (terminal 12) (0 to +10V DC, 0 to +5V DC) 2 : Current input (terminal C1) (4 to 20mA DC) 3 : Voltage and current input (terminals 12 and C1) 4 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminal 12) (0 to ±10V DC) 5 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminal 12 and V1) (0 to ±10V DC) 6 : Inverse mode operation (terminal 12 ) (+10 to 0V DC) 7 : Inverse mode operation (terminal C1) (20 to 4mA DC) 8 : UP/DOWN control 1 (initial freq. = 0Hz) 9 : UP/DOWN control 2 (initial freq. = last value) 10 : PATTERN operation 11 : DI option or Pulse train input 0 : Active (Mono-cycle operation, and then stops.) 1 : Active (Continuous cyclic operation while operation command is effective.) 2 : Active (Mono-cycle operation,and after continues at the latest setting frequency.) 1Hz 1Hz 0.1% 0.1% 0.01s 0 0 1Hz 0 1Hz 3 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.01Hz 0.00 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 JOG frequency 0.01Hz - 0.00 0 0.01Hz 5.00 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 *Setting for operation time, FWD/REV rotation and ACC/DEC time select. Frequency command 2 0.01s 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 - 2 0.05 0.0 0.0 Jump Hz Control Multi-Hz Control PATTERN Operation Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting G11S : 0 to 400Hz P11S : 0 to 120Hz G11S : 0.00 to 400.00Hz P11S : 0.00 to 120.00Hz G11S : 0.00 to 400.00Hz P11S : 0.00 to 120.00Hz C01 C02 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C09 C03 C10 C11 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C12 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C31 C32 C33 C30 JUMP Hz 1 JUMP Hz 2 JUMP HYSTR MULTI Hz-1 MULTI Hz-2 MULTI Hz-3 MULTI Hz-4 MULTI Hz-5 JUMP Hz 3 MULTI Hz-6 MULTI Hz-7 MULTI Hz-9 MULTI Hz10 MULTI Hz11 MULTI Hz12 MULTI Hz13 MULTI Hz14 MULTI Hz-8 MULTI Hz15 JOG Hz PATTERN STAGE 1 STAGE 2 STAGE 3 STAGE 4 STAGE 5 STAGE 6 STAGE 7 OFFSET 12 OFFSET C1 REF FILTER FREQ CMD 2 Function settings
21 The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Motor Parameters High Performance Functions Number of motor 1 poles Motor 1 (Capacity) (Rated current) (Tuning) (On-line Tuning) (No-load current) (%R1 setting) (%X setting) (Slip compensation control 1) 2 to 14 0.00 to 2000 A 0.00 to 2000 A 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.00 to +15.00 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (One time tuning of %R1 and %X ( on motor stopping mode )) 2 : Active (One time tuning of %R1, %X and Io ( on motor running mode )) 22kW or smaller : 0.01 to 45.00 kW 30kW or larger : 0.01 to 800.00 kW 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Real time tuning of %R2) 2 0.01A 4 *1) 0.01kW *1) 0.01A *1) - 0 - 0 0.01% *1) 0.01% *1) 0.01Hz 0.00 Motor 1 Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting P01 P02 P03 P04 P06 P05 P07 P08 P09 M1 POLES M1-CAP M1-Ir M1 TUN1 M1-Io M1 TUN2 M1-%R1 M1-%X SLIP COMP1 Data initializing Droop operation RS-485 (Address) (Mode select on no response error) (Timer) (Baud rate) (Data length) (Parity check) (Stop bits) (No response error detection time) (Response interval ) (Data reset) Fan stop operation Rev. phase sequence lock (level) Active drive PID control (Mode select) (Feedback signal) (P-gain) (I-gain) (D-gain) (Feedback filter) PTC thermistor (Mode select) Auto-restart (Restart time) (Freq. fall rate) (Holding DC voltage) (OPR command selfhold time) Serial link (Function select) Auto-reset (Times) (Reset interval) ACC/DEC (Mode select) pattern 0 (Inactive), 1 to 10 times 2 to 20s 0.1 to 10.0s 0.00 to 100.00Hz/s 400 to 600V (400V class) 200 to 300V (200V class) 0.0 to 30.0s, 999s (999s : The operation command is held while DC link circuit voltage is larger than 50V. ) 0.01 to 10.00 0.00 to 5.00V 1 to 31 0 to 60.0s 0 (No detection), 1 to 60s 0.00 to 1.00s 0 : Inactive (linear acceleration and deceleration) 1 : S-shape acceleration and deceleration (mild) 2 : S-shape acceleration and deceleration (variable) 3 : Curvilinear acceleration and deceleration 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Only Auto-restart after momentary power failure mode ) 2 : Active (All start modes) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (PID output 0 to 100% / Frefuency 0 to max.) 2 : Active (Inverse operation mode : PID output 0 to 100% / Frefuency max. to 0) (Code) (Monitor) (Frequency command) (Operation command) 0 : X - - × : Valid 1 : X X - - : Invalid 2 : X - X 3 : X X X 0 : Terminal 12 (0 to +10V) 1 : Terminal C1 (4 to 20mA) 2 : Terminal 12 (+10 to 0V) 3 : Terminal C1 (20 to 4mA) 0 : Manual set value 1 : Return to factory set value 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Fan stops at low temperature mode) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Only when torque boost "F09" is set at manual setting mode.) 0 : Normal (according to "H07" mode) 1 : Coast-to-stop 0 : Inactive 1 : Active 0 : Inactive 1 : Active 0 : Inactive 1 : Active G11S : –9.9 to 0.0Hz P11S : 0.0 (Fixed) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active 0 : Trip and alarm (Er8) 1 : Operation for H33 timer, and alarm (Er8) 2 : Operation for H33 timer,and retry to communicate. * If the retry fails, then the inverter trips("Er 8"). 3 : Continuous operation 0 : 19200 bit/s 1 : 9600 2 : 4800 3 : 2400 4 : 1200 0 : No checking 1 : Even parity 2 : Odd parity 0 : 8 bit 1 : 7 bit 0 : 2 bit 1 : 1 bit 0.0 : Inactive 0.1 to 3600.0s 0.00 : Inactive 0.01 to 10.0s 0.0 to 60.0s - 1 0.01s 0.1s - 0 - 0 0 1s 5 - 0 - 0 Start mode (Rotating motor pick up) - 0 Energy-saving operation - DEC mode - G11S : 0 P11S : 1 Instantaneous overcurrent limiting - 0 0.1s 1 0.01Hz/s 1V 0.5 10.00 470V 235V 0.1s 999 Torque control - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 0.01 0.10 0.1s 0.0 0.00 0.5 0 - 0 0.1s 2.0 - 0 - 0 - 0 1s 0 0.01s 0.01 - 1 0.1Hz 0.0 0.01V 1.60 - 0 1 1 High Performance Functions PID Control Serial Link Y1-Y5C Terminal Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting G11S 0 : Inactive (Frequency control) 1 : Active (Torque control by terminal 12 (Driving)) (0 to +10V/0 to 200%) 2 : Active (Torque control by terminal 12 (Driving & Braking) (0 to ±10V/0 to ±200%) P11S 0 : Inactive (Fixed) H31 H03 H05 H06 H07 H08 H04 H24 H25 H26 H27 H28 H30 H09 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H18 H19 H20 H21 H22 H23 H32 H33 H35 H36 H37 H38 H39 H34 485ADDRESS DATA INIT RESET INT FAN STOP ACC PTN REV LOCK AUTO-RESET D-GAIN FB FILTER PTC MODE PTC LEVEL DROOP LINK FUNC START MODE ENERGY SAV DEC MODE INST CL RESTART t FALL RATE HOLD V SELFHOLD t TRQ CTRL AUT RED PID MODE FB SIGNAL P-GAIN I-GAIN MODE ON ER TIMER LENGTH PARITY STOP BITS NO RES t INTERVAL BAUD RATE
22 The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Alternative Motor Parameters Function Settings User Functions The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. 75 10 10 10 10 XXXX 0 0 0 0 10 0.5 1 00 0 0 819 556 1738 1024 –55kW 0 410 546 1000 1000 75kW– 1 Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting Maximum compensation frequency during braking torque limit 1st S-shape level at acceleration 2nd S-shape level at acceleration 1st S-shape level at deceleration 2nd S-shape level at deceleration Main DC link (Initial value) capacitor (Measured value) PC board capacitor powered on time Cooling fan operating time Magnetize current vibration damping gain Slip compensation filter time constant Integral gain of continuous operation at power failure Proportional gain of continuous operation at power failure Input phase loss protection RS-485 protocol selection Speed agreement (Detection width) /PG error (Delection timer) PG error selection Braking-resistor function select Regeneration avoidance at deceleration Voltage detect offset and gain adjustment USER 01 USER 02 USER 03 USER 04 USER 05 USER 08 USER 09 USER 10 USER 11 USER 13 USER 15 USER 23 USER 24 USER 48 USER 49 USER 56 USER 57 USER 58 USER 59 USER 60 USER 61 0 to 65535 1 to 50% 1 to 50% 1 to 50% 1 to 50% 0 to 65535 0 to 65535 0 to 65535h 0 to 65535h 0 to 32767 0 to 32767 0 to 65535 0 to 65535 0, 1, 2 0, 1 0 to 50% 0.0 to 10.0s 0, 1 00 to A8 (HEX) 0, 1 –22kW : 0 (Fixed.) 30kW– : 0, 1, 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 0.1 - 1 - - U01 U02 U03 U04 U05 U08 U09 U10 U11 U13 U15 U23 U24 U48 U49 U56 U57 U58 U59 U60 U61 Maximum frequency 2 1Hz 60Motor 2 Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting G11S : 50 to 400Hz P11S : 50 to 120Hz NOTES : *1) Typical value of standard Fuji 4P motor. *2) Percent shall be set according to FUNCTION CODE : P02 or A11, Motor capacity. Torque referenced here may not be obtainable when DATA CODE : 0 is selected for FUNCTION CODE : P02 or A11. (Level) Rated voltage 2 (at Base frequency 2) 0 (Free), 320 to 480V (400V class) 0 (Free), 80 to 240V (200V class) 1V 380 220 Maximum voltage 2 (at Maximum frequency 2) 320 to 480V (400V class) 80 to 240V (200V class) 1V 380 220 Torque boost 2 0.0 : Automatic (for constant torque load) 0.1 to 1.9 : Manual (for variable torque load) 2.0 to 20.0 : Manual (for constant torque load) - G11S : 0.0 P11S : 0.1 Number of motor 2 poles 2 to 14 2 4 Motor 2 (Capacity) 22kW or smaller : 0.01 to 45.00 kW 30kW or larger : 0.01 to 800.00 kW 0.01kW *1) Electronic (Select) thermal overload protection for motor 2 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (for 4-pole standard motor) 2 : Active (for 4-pole inverter motor) - 1 Approx. 20 to 135% of rated current 0.01A *1) Torque vector control 2 0 : Inactive 1 : Active - 0 (Rated current) 0.00 to 2000 A 0.01A *1) (%X setting) 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.01% *1) (Tuning) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (One time tuning of %R1 and %X ( on motor stopping mode )) 2 : Active (One time tuning of %R1, %X and Io ( on motor running mode )) - 0 (On-line Tuning) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Real time tuning of %R1 and %X) - 0 (No-load current) 0.00 to 2000 A 0.01A *1) (%R1 setting) 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.01% *1) Slip compensation control 2 0.00 to +15.00 Hz 0.01Hz 0.00 0.5 to 75.0 min(Thermal time constant) 0.1min 5.0 10.0 A01 A03 A04 A05 A10 A11 A06 A07 A09 A12 A17 A13 A14 A15 A16 A18 A08 A02 MAX Hz-2 RATED V-2 MAX V-2 TRQ BOOST2 M2 POLES M2-CAP ELCTRN OL2 OL LEVEL2 TRQVECTOR2 M2-Ir M2-%X M2 TUN1 M2 TUN2 M2-Io M2-%R1 SLIP COMP2 TIME CNST2 BASE Hz-2Base frequency 2 1Hz 60G11S : 25 to 400Hz P11S : 25 to 120Hz
23 Protective Functions • 30kW or larger model onlyCharging circuit alarm • This alarm is activated when the power supply is not applied to the main terminal L1/R or L3/T or charging-circuit relay is faulty. Output wiring error • This error is detected when the wiring on the inverter output is disconnected unwired on auto-tuning. Description LED monitorFunction NOTES : 1)Retaining alarm signal when auxiliary controll power supply is not used : If the inverter power supply is cut off while an internal alarm signal is being output, the alarm signal cannot be retained. 2)To issue the RESET command, press the key on the KEYPAD panel or connect terminals RST and CM and disconnect them afterwards. 3)Fault history data is stored for the past four trips. Overcurrent protection (Short-circuit) (Ground fault) • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent resulting from overload. • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent due to a short-circuit in the output circuit. • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent due to a ground fault in the output circuit. • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent resulting from ground fault in the output circuit by detecting zero-phase current. Overvoltage protection • The inverter stops when it detects an overvoltage in the DC link circuit. Incoming surge protection • Protects the inverter against surge voltage between the main circuit power line and ground. • Protects the inverter against surge voltage in the main circuit power line. Undervoltage protection • Stops the inverter when the DC link circuit voltage drops below undervoltage level. • 30kW or larger model only • 400V series : 800V DC or more 200V series : 400V DC or more • Protection is not assured if excess AC line voltage is applied inadvertently. During acceleration During deceleration While running at constant speed Groung fault Motor 1 overload Motor 2 overload During acceleration During deceleration While running at constant speed • The inverter may be tripped by some other protective function. • G11S : 7.5kW or smaller model only • 30kW or larger model only • 400V series : 360V DC (22kW or smaller), 375V DC (30kW or larger) • 200V series : 180V DC (22kW or smaller), 186V DC (30kW or larger) Input phase loss protection • The inverter is protected from being damaged when open-phase fault occurs. Overheat protection • Stops the inverter when it detects excess heat sink temperature in case of cooling fan failure or overload. This is also caused by short-circuit of terminals 13 and 11. • Stops the inverter when it detects an abnormal rise in temperature in the inverter unit caused by insufficient ventilation in cubicles or an abnormal ambient temperature. • This is also caused by short-circuit of terminals 13 and 11 (overcurrent of 20mA at terminal 13). • When the built-in braking resistor overheats, the inverter stops discharging and running. • Function data appropriate for the resistor type (built-in/external) must be set. Electronic thermal overload protection (Motor protection) • This function stops the inverter by detecting an inverter overload. • This function stops the inverter by detecting an overload in a standard motor or inverter motor. Fuse blown • When a blown fuse is detected, the inverter stops running. • The stall prevention function can be disabled. • The acceleration time can be prolonged up to three times the preset time. Stall prevention (Momentary overcurrent limitation) • When an output current exceeds the limit during acceleration, this function lowers output frequency to prevent the occurrence of an OC1 trip. Active drive • During running in which acceleration is 60s or longer, this function increases the acceleration time to prevent the occurrence of an OLU trip. • Use THR terminal function (digital input). • Output terminals: 30A, 30B, and 30C • Use the RST terminal function for signal input. • Even if main power input is turned off, alarm history and trip-cause data are retained. • When operated by external signals, the inverter continues running.The alarm output (for any fault) is not output. Only Er2 is displayed. External alarm input • The inverter stops on receiving external alarm signals. • This function is activated when the motor temperature rises where PTC thermistor is used for motor protection (H26: 1). Overspeed protection • Stops the inverter when the output frequency exceeds the rated maximum frequency by 20%. PG error • If disconnection occurs in pulse generator circuits, the inverter issues an alarm. Alarm output (for any fault) Alarm reset command Alarm history memory Storage of data on cause of trip • The inverter outputs a relay contact signal when the inverter issued an alarm and stopped. • An alarm-stop state of the inverter can be cleared with the RESET key or by a digital input signal (RST). • Store up to four instances of previous alarm data. • The inverter can store and display details of the latest alarm history data. Memory error • The inverter checks memory data after power-on and when the data is written. If a memory error is detected, the inverter stops. KEYPAD panel communication error • If an error is detected in communication between the inverter and KEYPAD when the Keypad panel is being used, the inverter stops. CPU error • If the inverter detects a CPU error caused by noise or some other factor, the inverter stops. Option communication error • If a checksum error or disconnection is detected during communication, the inverter issues an alarm. Option error • If a linkage error or other option error is detected, the inverter issues an alarm. Operation procedure error • Er6 is indicated only when the inverter is forcedly stopped by [STOP 1] or [STOP 2] operation in E01to E09 (Set value: 30 or 31). RS-485 communication error • If an RS-485 communication error is detected, the inverter issues an alarm. Output phase loss error • If an unbalance of output circuits is detected during auto-tuning, this function issues an alarm (and stops the inverter).
External Dimensions Fig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3 Fig.4 FRN0.4G11S-4JE,FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE to FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE to FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE to FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE,FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE,FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE to FRN11P11S-4JE FRN5.5P11S-2JE to FRN11P11S-2JE FRN11G11S-4JE to FRN22G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-2JE to FRN22G11S-2JE FRN15P11S-4JE to FRN22P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-2JE to FRN22P11S-2JE 24
25 Fig.5 Fig.6 Fig.7 External cooling type Panel cutting D W W1 W3 2 or 3 - øC H2H5 H1H4 H D2 W1 W2 4 or 6-Bolt D1 ø15 or ø18 Lifting hole H1 H3H6 Panel drilling W1 4 or 6-Bolt H1 Internal mounting type FRN30G11S-4JE to FRN220G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-2JE to FRN90G11S-2JE FRN30P11S-4JE to FRN280P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-2JE to FRN110P11S-2JE D2 D D1 ø15 or ø18 Lifting hole W W5 W1 W3 W4 D2 C 3 or 4 - øC 4 - øC 6 or 8-Bolt D D1 H2H6 H110050 W1 W3 W4 H1 D2 6 or 8-Bolt D1 D2 D1 W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H3H7 7 or 8-Bolt W1 W2 W3 W4 H4H7 H5 H 4 - ø35 Lifting Bolt FRN280G11S-4JE to FRN630G11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE to FRN710P11S-4JE Panel drilling Panel cutting Panel cutting External cooling typeInternal mounting type FRN30G11S-4JE — FRN37G11S-4JE — FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE — FRN75G11S-4JE — FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE — FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE — FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE — FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE — FRN355G11S-4JE — FRN400G11S-4JE — — FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE — FRN30G11S-2JE — FRN37G11S-2JE — FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE — FRN75G11S-2JE — FRN90G11S-2JE — FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE — FRN45P11S-4JE — FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE — FRN90P11S-4JE — FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE — FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE — FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE — FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE — FRN400P11S-4JE — FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE — FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE — FRN45P11S-2JE — FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE — FRN90P11S-2JE — FRN110P11S-2JE 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 5 6 5 Power supply voltage 400V 200V Nominal applied motor (kW) Type Dimensions (mm) Mtg. Bolt Fig G11S series P11S series W W1 W2 W3 W4 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D D1 D2 C NOTE : For 75kW or larger models, DC reactor is provided as standard (separately installed). For the outline dimensions, see page 27. W5 340 375 530 680 880 680 880 999 340 375 530 680 240 275 430 580 780 580 780 900 240 275 430 580 326 361 510 660 860 660 860 980 326 361 510 660 550 675 740 740 1000 1400 1550 550 615 740 750 880 530 655 720 710 970 1370 1520 530 595 720 720 850 500 625 690 675 935 1330 1480 500 565 690 685 815 512 637 702 685 945 1340 1490 512 577 702 695 825 — — 1335 1485 — 12 15.5 12 15.5 25 32.5 35 25 32.5 9 12.5 14.5 9 12.5 255 270 315 360 450 500 255 270 285 360 145 175 220 285 313.2 145 145 220 10 15 10 15 4 6.4 4 M8 M12 M8 M12 — 290 260 290 260 300 — 290 — 260 260 300 — — 610 810 610 810 900 —
26 Options Reactor, Filter, and Other Accessories Name (Type) Arrester (CN23232) (CN2324E) Radio noise reducing zero-phase reactor (ACL-40B) (ACL-74B) Power filter (FHF-TA/¤¤/250) (FHF-TA/¤¤/500) (FHF-TB/¤¤/250) (FHF-TB/¤¤/500) EMC compliant filter (EFL-¤¤¤SP-2) (EFL-¤¤¤G11-4) (RF3¤¤¤-F11) Output circuit filter (OFL-¤¤¤-¤) (OFL-¤¤¤-4A) DC REACTOR(DCR) (DCR4-¤¤¤) (DCR2-¤¤¤) Surge absorber (Surge suppressor) (S2-A-0) (S1-B-0) Frequency meter (TRM-45) (FM-60) Frequency setting device (RJ-13) (WA3W-1kΩ) Function Suppresses induced lightning surges from power source , thus protecting all equipment connected the power source. Reduces radio frequency noise. If the wiring between motor and inverter is shorter than 20m, use the ferrite ring in the power supply side. If longer than 20m, use it in the output side. Prevents the noise generated from the inverter. Supresses radiation noise and induction noise generated from the output side wiring. This is a special filter which complies with the European EMC (Emission) Directive. This filter should be used together with a ferrite core. Note: Other prerequisites must be fulfilled to ensure compliance with EMC Directives. Refer to this filters operation manual for details. Connected to the output circuit of inverters under low-noise operation with carrier frequency from 8 to 15kHz, 6kHz or higher for 30kW or larger inverters (OFL- ¤¤¤-¤), 0.75 to 15kHz, 0.75 to 10kHz for 75kW or larger inverters (OFL- ¤¤¤-4A). This filter has the following functions: q Suppressing fluctuation of motor terminal voltage. Protects the motor insulation from being damaged by surge voltage. (400V series) w Suppressing leakage current from output side wiring. (OFL-¤¤¤-¤ only) Reduces the leakage current caused when several motors are operated in parallel or connected with long wiring. * Total wiring length should be less than 400m. e Suppressing radial noise or inductive noise from output side wiring. Effective noise suppression device for long wiring applications such as plant. Note: When connecting OFL-¤¤¤-¤, be sure to set the carrier frequency F26 at 8kHz or over. [Use the DCR to normalize the power supply in the following cases.] q The power transformer capacity is 500kVA or over and exceeds the inverter rated capacity by 10 times. w The inverter and a thyristor converter are connected with the same transformer. * Check if the thyristor converter uses a commutation reactor. If not, AC reactor must be connected to the power supply side. e Overvoltage trip occurs due to open/close of the phase-advancing capacitor for the power supply lines. r The voltage unbalance exceeds 2%. Voltage unbalance (%) = Max. voltage [V] – Min. Voltage [V] × 67 Three-phase average voltage [V] [For improving input power-factor, reducing harmonics] • Used to reduce input harmonic current (correcting power-factor) • For the resultant effects, refer to the appended guidelines. S2-A-0: for magnetic contactor S1-B-0: for mini control relay, or timer Analog frequency meter TRM-45: 45mm square FM-60 : 60mm square Frequency setting potentiometer (mounted externally) Mounting position Motor DC reactor Inverter M Power transformer capacity Thyristor converter Power-factor correcting capacitor Commutation reactor Series connected reactor M Power supply R S T U V W L2/SL1/R L3/T U V W Inverter R S T U V W Motor P1 P(+) MCCB or ELCB Magnetic contactor
27 DC reactor Fig. A Fig. B Fig. C *Provided with as standard (separately installed) for inverters of 75kW or larger capacity. 4-øG×20 Mounting holeB±1 MAX.H A±3 C±2 MAX.FE±5 D±3 20 Fig. D Terminal hole 4-øG Mounting hole B±1 MAX.H A±3 C±2 MAX.E F±5 D±3 E C D B A H 4-G Mounting hole Terminal hole 4-øG Mounting hole B±1 MAX.H A±3 C±2 MAX.E F±5 D±3 Power supply voltage Nominal applied motor (kW) Inverter type Reactor type Fig Dimensions, mm A B C D E F G H Terminal screw Mass (kg) Three- phase 400V Three- phase 200V 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S/P11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S/P11S-4JE FRN11G11S/P11S-4JE FRN15G11S/P11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S/P11S-4JE FRN22G11S/P11S-4JE FRN30G11S/P11S-4JE FRN37G11S/P11S-4JE FRN45G11S/P11S-4JE FRN55G11S/P11S-4JE FRN75G11S/P11S-4JE FRN90G11S/P11S-4JE FRN110G11S/P11S-4JE FRN132G11S/P11S-4JE FRN160G11S/P11S-4JE FRN200G11S/P11S-4JE FRN220G11S/P11S-4JE FRN280G11S/P11S-4JE FRN315G11S/P11S-4JE FRN355G11S/P11S-4JE FRN400G11S/P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500G11S/P11S-4JE FRN630G11S/P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S/P11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S/P11S-2JE FRN11G11S/P11S-2JE FRN15G11S/P11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S/P11S-2JE FRN22G11S/P11S-2JE FRN30G11S/P11S-2JE FRN37G11S/P11S-2JE FRN45G11S/P11S-2JE FRN55G11S/P11S-2JE FRN75G11S/P11S-2JE FRN90G11S/P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE DCR4-0.4 DCR4-0.75 DCR4-1.5 DCR4-2.2 DCR4-3.7 DCR4-5.5 DCR4-7.5 DCR4-11 DCR4-15 DCR4-18.5 DCR4-22A DCR4-30B DCR4-37B DCR4-45B DCR4-55B DCR4-75B DCR4-90B DCR4-110B DCR4-132B DCR4-160B DCR4-200B DCR4-220B DCR4-280B DCR4-315B DCR4-355B DCR4-400B DCR4-450B DCR4-500B DCR4-630B DCR4-710B DCR2-0.2 DCR2-0.4 DCR2-0.75 DCR2-1.5 DCR2-2.2 DCR2-3.7 DCR2-5.5 DCR2-7.5 DCR2-11 DCR2-15 DCR2-18.5 DCR2-22A DCR2-30B DCR2-37B DCR2-45B DCR2-55B DCR2-75B DCR2-90B DCR2-110B A A A A A A A A A A A B B B B C C C C C C C C D D D D D D D A A A A A A A A A A A A B B B C C C C 66 66 66 86 86 86 111 111 146 146 146 152 171 171 171 190 190 190 200 210 210 220 220 220 220 240 260 260 300 310 66 66 66 66 86 86 111 111 111 146 146 146 152 171 171 190 200 180 190 56 56 56 71 71 71 95 95 124 124 124 90 110 110 110 160 160 160 170 180 180 190 190 190 190 210 225 225 245 255 56 56 56 56 71 71 95 95 95 124 124 124 90 110 110 160 170 150 160 72 72 72 80 80 80 80 80 96 96 96 115 110 125 130 115 125 125 135 135 135 135 145 145 145 145 145 145 170 170 72 72 72 72 80 80 80 80 80 96 96 96 116 110 125 90 100 110 120 90 90 90 100 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 157 150 165 170 151 161 161 171 171 171 171 181 181 181 181 181 181 211 211 90 90 90 90 100 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 156 151 166 131 141 151 161 15 20 20 15 20 20 24 24 15 25 25 100 100 110 110 100 120 120 120 120 140 140 150 150 160 170 170 185 195 205 5 15 20 20 10 20 20 23 24 15 25 25 115 115 120 100 110 140 150 - - - - - - - - - - - 78 75 82 85 75 80 80 85 85 90 90 95 95 95 95 95 100 110 115 - - - - - - - - - - - - 78 75 86 65 70 75 80 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 6 × 9 6 × 9 6 × 9 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 6 × 11 6 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 94 94 94 110 110 110 130 130 171 171 171 130 150 150 150 240 250 250 260 290 295 300 320 320 320 340 340 340 390 405 94 94 94 94 110 110 130 130 137 171 180 180 130 150 150 210 210 240 270 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M8 M10 ø12 ø12 ø12 ø12 ø12 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 ø15 ø15 1.0 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.6 2.6 4.2 4.3 5.9 7.2 7.2 13 15 18 20 20 23 25 28 32 35 40 45 52 55 60 67 70 80 88 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.6 3.6 3.8 4.3 5.9 7.4 7.5 12 14 16 16 18 20 25 The reactors in the blue boxes are provided as standard (separately installed).
28 Options Braking unit, Braking resistor Power supply voltage Inverter G11S Motor (kW) Inverter type Braking unit Type Q’ty Option Three- phase 400V Three- phase 200V 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 — 500 630 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-4JE FRN15G11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S-4JE FRN22G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-4JE FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE FRN75G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE FRN355G11S-4JE FRN400G11S-4JE — FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN11G11S-2JE FRN15G11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S-2JE FRN22G11S-2JE FRN30G11S-2JE FRN37G11S-2JE FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE FRN90G11S-2JE P11S Motor (kW) Inverter type — 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 — 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 — FRN5.5P11S4JE FRN7.5P11S-4JE FRN11P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-4JE FRN18.5P11S-4JE FRN22P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE FRN400P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE — FRN5.5P11S-2JE FRN7.5P11S-2JE FRN11P11S-2JE FRN15P11S-2JE FRN18.5P11S-2JE FRN22P11S-2JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE FRN45P11S-2JE FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE FRN90P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE — — — — BU22-4C BU37-4C BU55-4C BU90-4C BU132-4C BU220-4C — — BU22-2C BU37-2C BU55-2C BU90-2C — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Braking resistor Type Q’ty DB0.75-4 DB2.2-4 DB3.7-4 DB5.5-4 DB7.5-4 DB11-4 DB15-4 DB18.5-4 DB22-4 DB30-4C DB37-4C DB45-4C DB55-4C DB75-4C DB110-4C DB110-4C DB132-4C DB160-4C DB200-4C DB220-4C DB160-4C DB160-4C DB200-4C DB200-4C DB200-4C DB0.75-2 DB2.2-2 DB3.7-2 DB5.5-2 DB7.5-2 DB11-2 DB15-2 DB18.5-2 DB22-2 DB30-2C DB37-2C DB45-2C DB55-2C DB75-2C DB90-2C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Max. braking torque (%) G11S Continuous braking (100% torque conversion value) 150% 100% 150% 100% Braking time (s) 45 45 45 30 20 20 10 10 10 10 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 10 11 10 — 90 45 45 45 30 20 20 10 10 10 10 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 Discharging capability (kWs) 9 17 34 33 37 55 38 55 75 93 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 550 665 800 1000 1100 1600 1600 2000 2000 — 9 9 17 34 33 37 55 37 55 75 92 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 Repetitive braking (100s or less cycle) Duty cycle (%) 22 18 10 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 10 11 10 — 37 22 18 10 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 Average loss (kW) 0.044 0.068 0.075 0.077 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 5.5 6.65 8.0 10.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 20.0 — 0.037 0.044 0.068 0.075 0.077 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 — 100% 75% — 100% 75% — 15 15 7 7 8 8 6 8 8 8 7 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 10 9 10 9 8 — 15 15 7 7 8 8 6 8 8 8 7 8 8 — 37 55 38 55 75 93 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 550 665 800 1000 1100 1600 1600 2000 2000 2000 — 37 55 37 55 75 92 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 — 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4 3 8 8 8 7 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 10 9 10 9 8 — 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4 3.5 8 8 8 7 8 8 — 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 5.5 6.65 8.0 10.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 — 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 Max. braking torque (%) P11S Continuous braking (100% torque conversion value) Braking time (s) Discharging capability (kWs) Repetitive braking (100s or less cycle) Duty cycle (%) Average loss (kW) NOTES: 1) Each model of the P11S series uses options that are one-class smaller than the options for the G11S series of the same capacity. 2) The braking time and duty cycle (%) are calculated as the rated-torque braking used for deceleration. [Procedure for selecting options] All three conditions listed below must be satisfied. 1 The maximum braking torque does not exceed the value shown in the table. 2 The energy discjarged in the resistor for each braking (the area of the triangle shown in the above figure) does not exceed the discharging capability (kWs) in the table. 3 The average loss (energy discharged in the resistor divided by a braking interval) does not exceed the average loss (kW) shown in the table. Braking power 100% Braking time T1 Braking time T1 Braking interval T0 • Duty cycle (%) = × 100 [%]T1 T0 Contact Fuji.
29 Name (type) Braking unit Fig.A Fig.B Fig.A Fig.B Fig.C Fig.D Fig.E Braking resistor Radio noise reducing zero-phase reactor (ACL-40B)(ACL-74B) Dimensions Reactor type ACL-40B ACL-74B Recommended wire size Q’ty 1 2 1 2 4 No. of turns 4 2 4 2 1 Recommended wire size [mm2 ] 2.0, 3.5, 5.5 8, 14 8, 14 22, 38, 60, 5.5 × 2, 8 × 2, 14 × 2, 22 × 2 100, 150, 200, 250, 325, 38 × 2, 60 × 2, 100 × 2, 150 × 2 Fig.C ACL-40B ACL-74B H1 H W D 7 7 H1 H W1 W 1.6 D 1.6 7 H1 H W1 W D 1.6 16 W1 D16 4-ødW H1 H 1.6 165 1.5 10 30 N.P 55 55 21.591 170 160 4.5 40 30 φ4.5 H2 H1 H W 6W1 15 D 1.2 7.5 Mounting hole H2 H1 H W 6 W1 15 D 1.2 7.5 80 26MAX 13±0.3 2- 5.5 95 MAX 39.5MIN 35 78MAX NAME PLATE 181 MAX 74MIN 61 131MAX NAME PLATE Contactor Reactor Inverter Motor Power supply L1/R L2/S L3/T U V W M MCCB or ELCB Voltage 200V series 400V series Type BU3-220-4 A A B 150 230 250 150 230 250 100 130 150 100 130 150 240 240 370 225 225 355 210 340 160 4 5.5 9 13 1.1 1.2 4 6 9 C BU37-4C BU55-4C BU90-4C BU132-4C BU220-4C BU3-185-2 BU3-220-2 BU37-2C BU55-2C BU90-2C DB0.75-4 DB2.2-4 DB3.7-4 DB5.5-4 DB7.5-4 DB11-4 DB15-4 DB18.5-4 DB22-4 DB30-4C DB37-4C DB45-4C DB55-4C DB75-4C DB110-4C DB132-4C DB160-4C DB200-4C DB220-4C ∗ DB0.75-2 DB2.2-2 DB3.7-2 DB5.5-2 DB7.5-2 DB11-2 DB15-2 DB18.5-2 DB22-2 DB30-2C DB37-2C DB45-2C DB55-2C DB75-2C DB110-2C Fig. W W1 H DH1 H2 Mass [kg] Dimensions [mm] C Voltage 400V series 200V series Type 1.3 2.0 1.7 4.5 5.0 6.9 6.9 8.7 8.7 11 14 19 21 26 30 41 57 43 74 1.3 2.0 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.9 6.9 8.7 8.7 10 13 18 22 35 32 Fig. W W1 H H1 D Mass [kg] Dimensions [mm] 67 67 160 140 240 440 67 94 67.5 90 160 140 240 440 64 142 142 420 550 650 750 600 64 76 142 156 142 400 450 550 - 74 74 388 520 620 720 570 - 90 74 368 420 520 310 470 470 520 430 510 660 750 283 310 345 450 390 430 510 660 750 283 295 455 455 495 415 495 628 718 240 295 332 430 370 415 495 628 718 240 1464 4 26MAX 13±0.3 4-R4 See Fig. A 1.1 See Fig. A 160 280 370 450 265 355 435 250 340 420 A B C D E A B C D E 250 D 4-ø12W1 H1 H W ∗ Note: The braking resistor type DB220-4C use two braking resistors.
30 Option cards and other options Name (type) Relay output card (OPC-G11S-RY) Digital I/O interface card (OPC-G11S-DIO) Analog I/O interface card (OPC-G11S-AIO) T-link interface card (OPC-G11S-TL) Open bus card RS-232C communication adaptor (OPC-G11S-PC) Personal computer loader PG feedback card (OPC-G11S-PG) PG feedback card (OPC-G11S-PG2) Synchronized operation card (OPC-G11S-SY) Extension cable for keypad panel (CBIII-10R-¤¤) IP20 enclosure adapter (P20G11-¤¤) Mounting adapter for external cooling (PBG11-¤¤) Panel-mount adapter (MAG9-¤¤) Keypad panel for Chinese language Function • Includes four relay output circuits. • Converts transistor output signals from inverter control output terminals Y1 to Y4 to relay (SPDT) output signals. • For setting frequency using a binary code. • For monitoring frequency, output current, and output voltage using a binary code. • For input and output of other individual signals. • For setting a torque limit value using an input analog signal. • For input of auxiliary signal to set frequency. • For analog monitoring of inverter output frequency, output current, and torque. • For setting a frequency. • For setting, reading, and storing function data for function codes. • For setting operation commands (FWD, REV, RST, etc.). • For monitoring the operation status. • For reading trip information. It is an optional card conforming to various open buses. The following operation can be made from the personal computer and PLC. • Setting of running frequency • Setting of operation command (FWD,REV,RST,etc.) • Setting/reading of data code of each function code • Monitoring running frequency and operation status The RS-232C communication can be done by connecting it to the keypad panel on the main body of the inverter. • The operation status monitoring and the parameter setting can be made through the inverter's RS-485 interface from the host personal computer. • The parameter can be read and written collectively or individually. • Comparison of two arbitrary parameters. • Monitor of output frequency, output current, and operation status of inverter. • Monitor of alarm history and operation information on alarm. • For performing PG vector control using feedback signals obtained from a PG. • For performing PG vector control using feedback signals obtained from a PG. • Speed control by pulse train input can be made. Connects the keypad panel to an inverter unit. Three cable types are available: straight 2m, curled 1m, and curled 2m. The curled 1m cable can be extended up to 5m, and the curled 2m cable up to 10m. Note: Cables once extended to the maximum length do not return to their original length. • Used to put 30kW or larger models to change its enclosure of IP00 into that of IP20. • Used to put the cooling fan section of the inverter outside the panel. • Only applicable to 22kW and below inverters. (30kW and above inverters can be modified to external cooling type by replacing the mounting bracket, as standard.) Used to put an FRN-G11S inverter to be mounted in panel holes that were used to mount an FVR-G7S inverter. Used to display the LCD screen in Chinese language Specifications • Used together with MICREX-F series PLC. Correspondent bus Option type PROFIBUS-DP OPC-G11S-PDP DeviceNet OPC-G11S-DEV Modbus Plus OPC-G11S-MBP Interbus-S OPC-G11S-IBS CAN open OPC-G11S-COP Communication • Physical level : EIA-RS-485 • The number of units connected : Maximum 31 inverters • Synchronous method : start-stop synchronization • Transmission method : half duplex Applicable Pulse Encoder specification: • 100 to 3000P/R • A, B, Z phase • 12V or 15V Applicable Pulse Encoder specification: • 100 to 3000P/R • A, B, Z phase • 5V Applicable Pulse Encoder specification: • 20 to 3000P/R • A, B, Z phase • 12V or 15V Type Applicable inverter type P20G11-30 FRN30G11S-4JE,2JE FRN30P11S-4JE,2JE to FRN37P11S-4JE,2JE P20G11-55 FRN37G11S-4JE to FRN55G11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE to FRN75P11S-4JE P20G11-75-4 FRN75G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-2JE to FRN55G11S-2JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-2JE to FRN75P11S-2JE P20G11-75-2 FRN75G11S-2JE, FRN90P11S-2JE P20G11-110 FRN90G11S-4JE to FRN110G11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE to FRN132P11S-4JE P20G11-160 FRN132G11S-4JE to FRN160G11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE to FRN200P11S-4JE P20G11-220 FRN200G11S-4JE to FRN220G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-2JE FRN220P11S-4JE to FRN280P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-2JE FRN280G11S-4JE to FRN315G11S-4JEP20G11-315 FRN315P11S-4JE to FRN400P11S-4JE P20G11-400 FRN315G11S-4JE to FRN400G11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE to FRN500P11S-4JE Type Applicable inverter type PBG11-0.75 FRN0.4G11S-4JE to FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE to FRN0.75G11S-2JE PBG11-3.7 FRN1.5G11S-4JE to FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE to FRN3.7G11S-2JE PBG11-7.5 FRN5.5G11S-4JE, 2JE to FRN7.5G11S-4JE, 2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE, 2JE to FRN11P11S-4JE, 2JE PBG11-22 FRN11G11S-4JE, 2JE to FRN22G11S-4JE, 2JE FRN15P11-4JE, 2JE to FRN22P11S-4JE, 2JE Type Applicable inverter type MAG9-3.7 FRN0.4G11S-4JE to FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE to FRN3.7G11S-2JE MAG9-7.5 FRN5.5G11S-4JE to FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE to FRN7.5G11S-2JE MAG9-22 FRN11G11S-4JE to FRN22G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-2JE to FRN22G11S-2JE Display language: Chinese, English, Japanese Type Nominal length Maximum length CBIII-10R-2S 2m 2m CBIII-10R-1C 1m 5m CBIII-10R-2C 2m 10m
31 Wiring equipment NOTES : • For molded-case circuit breakers (MCCB) and earth-leakage circuit breakers (ELCB), the required frame type and series depend on the facility transformer capacity and other factors. When selecting optimal breakers, refer to the relevant technical data. • Also select the rated sensitive current of ELCB utilizing the technical data. • The recommended wire sizes are based on the condition that the temperature inside the panel does not exceeds 50°C. • The above wires are 600V HIV insulated cables (75°C). • Data in the above table may differ for different conditions (ambient temperature, power supply voltage, and other factors). *Contact Fuji Electric FA. 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 175 200 250 300 350 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 SC-05 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 SC-N12 SC-N14 SC-N16 SC-05 SC-4-0 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 SC-N12 SC-N14 SC-N16 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 250 150ϫ2 200ϫ2 250ϫ2 325ϫ2 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 150ϫ2 200ϫ2 250ϫ2 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 250 400 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 SC-05 SC-4-0 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 2.0 3.5 5.5 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 325 150ϫ2 200ϫ2 250ϫ2 325ϫ2 FRN5.5P11S-4JE FRN7.5P11S-4JE FRN11P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-4JE FRN18.5P11S-4JE FRN22P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE FRN400P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-4JE FRN15G11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S-4JE FRN22G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-4JE FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE FRN75G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE FRN355G11S-4JE FRN400G11S-4JE FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE Power supply voltage Three- phase 400V 5 10 20 30 40 50 75 100 150 175 200 250 350 400 500 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 SC-05 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 SC-N12 SC-05 SC-4-0 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N10 SC-N11 SC-N12 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 38 60 100 150 200 2.0 3.5 3.5 8.0 14 14 38 38 60 100 150 150 2.0 3.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 250 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 SC-05 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 5 10 15 20 30 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 38 60 100 100 150 200 FRN5.5P11S-2JE FRN7.5P11S-2JE FRN11P11S-2JE FRN15P11S-2JE FRN18.5P11S-2JE FRN22P11S-2JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE FRN45P11S-2JE FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE FRN90P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN11G11S-2JE FRN15G11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S-2JE FRN22G11S-2JE FRN30G11S-2JE FRN37G11S-2JE FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE FRN90G11S-2JE Three- phase 200V Nominal applied motor (kW) Inverter type Magnetic contactor (MC) Recommended wire size (mm2 ) Input circuit [L1/R,L2/S,L3/T]MC1 for input circuit G11S series P11S series With DCR Without reactor With DCR Without reactor Without reactor MC2 for output circuit MCCB or ELCB Rated current (A) With DCR Output circuit [U.V.W] G11S P11S DCR circuit [P1,P(+)] DB circuit [P(+),DB,N(-)] * * Contact Fuji.
32 An Extensive Lineup Keeps The Fuji Inverter Family Actively Ahead FeaturesSeries (Cat. No.)Application High-performance, multi-function inverter Inverter for fans & pumps Inverter for fans & pumps High-performance, compact inverter High-performance, vector control inverter Spindle drive system for machine tools (MEH403 for JE) (MEH413 for EN) (MEH403) (MEH652 for JE) (MEH653 for EN) Compact inverter (MEH441) (MEH442) (MEH405) (MEH391) For general industrial machines For machine tools b Easy to operate as frequency setting POT is provided as standard. b Equipped with supreme automatic torque boost, current limiting function and slip compensation function for traverse carriers. b Equipped with supreme automatic energy-saving operation function and PID control function for fans & pumps. b Specially developed for variable torque loads such as fans & pumps. b Equipped with a newly systemized automatic energy-saving, PID control, lifetime alarm and line/inverter operation changeover sequence functions, etc. b Perfect for air conditioners, fans & pumps that were previously difficult to consider for use with an general-purpose inverter because of costs and functions. b Designed for prolonged use (10 years) and complied with RoHS Directive to enhance its friendliness toward the environment. (Production lot of autumn 2005 or later) b Handles all applications due to an extended capacity range, ample variations in product types and excellent maintainability. b Provided with the functions of contact-stoppage operation, brake signal, torque limiting. and current limiting that are essential for traverse and transfer carriers. b Achieved starting torque of 200% at 0.5Hz, with our unique dynamic torque vector control system. b Fully replete with useful functions like auto tuning. b A wide variation from 0.2 to 630kW (compact and enclosed type for 22kW or smaller). b Appropriate for equipment such as fans & pumps. b Provides effortless energy-saving operation because of its automatic energy- saving function. b Easy operation as interactive keypad is provided as standard. b A highly accurate inverter that quickly provides control responses and has stable torque characteristics. b Can be used in a wide range of general industry systems as its extensive functions and a variety of options. b Vector control operation of general-purpose motors thanks to the auto tuning function. b The converter separation structure enabling the configuration of multiaxial systems. b Free combinations such as torque vector/high-performance vector control or dynamic braking/power regeneration. b Supports multiple processing of machine tools due to extensive option functions. NEW
33 Input voltage class Three-phase 200V Three-phase 200V Three-phase 200V Standard product Made-to-order Three-phase 200V Three-phase 200V Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 100V Single-phase 100V Single-phase 100V Single-phase 100V Three-phase 200V Three-phase 400V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 100V Three-phase 200V Three-phase 400V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 100V 630500 710500 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 0.1 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 0.4 15 0.1 15 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 0.75 45 55 75 90 0.2 55 55 75 90 0.75 45 55 90 110 0.75 75 110 5.5 55 55 75 55 55 75 110 132 160 200 220 3.7 45 55 280 315 355 400 0.4 75 450 500 560 630 710 0.75 630500 5.5 75 11 Capacity range (applicable motor capacity [kW]) 0.1 0.75 0.1 2.2 0.4 3.7 0.1 3.7 560
34 Warranty To all our customers who purchase Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems' products: Please take the following items into consideration when placing your order. (1) The product warranty period is ''1 year from the date of purchase'' or 18 months from the manufacturing date imprinted on the name place, whichever date is earlier. (2) However, in cases where the use environment, conditions of use, use frequency and times used, etc., have an effect on product life, this warranty period may not apply. (3) Furthermore, the warranty period for parts restored by Fuji Electric's Service Department is ''6 months from the date that repairs are completed.'' As a rule, the customer is requested to carry out a preliminary trouble diagnosis. However, at the customer's request, this company or its service network can perform the trouble diagnosis on a chargeable basis. In this case, the customer is asked to assume the burden for charges levied in accordance with this company's fee schedule. Regardless of whether a breakdown occurs during or after the free of charge warranty period, this company shall not be liable for any loss of opportunity, loss of profits, or damages arising from special circumstances, secondary damages, accident compensation to another company, or damages to products other than this company's products, whether foreseen or not by this company, which this company is not be responsible for causing. When requesting an estimate and placing your orders for the products included in these materials, please be aware that any items such as specifications which are not specifically mentioned in the contract, catalog, specifications or other materials will be as mentioned below. In addition, the products included in these materials are limited in the use they are put to and the place where they can be used, etc., and may require periodic inspection. Please confirm these points with your sales representative or directly with this company. Furthermore, regarding purchased products and delivered products, we request that you take adequate consideration of the necessity of rapid receiving inspections and of product management and maintenance even before receiving your products. 1. Free of Charge Warranty Period and Warranty Range 2. Exclusion of Liability for Loss of Opportunity, etc. Concerning models (products) which have gone out of production, this company will perform repairs for a period of 7 years after production stop, counting from the month and year when the production stop occurs. In addition, we will continue to supply the spare parts required for repairs for a period of 7 years, counting from the month and year when the production stop occurs. However, if it is estimated that the life cycle of certain electronic and other parts is short and it will be difficult to procure or produce those parts, there may be cases where it is difficult to provide repairs or supply spare parts even within this 7-year period. For details, please confirm at our company's business office or our service office. 3. Repair Period after Production Stop, Spare Parts Supply Period (Holding Period) In the case of standard products which do not include settings or adjustments in an application program, the products shall be transported to and transferred to the customer and this company shall not be responsible for local adjustments or trial operation. 4. Transfer Rights The cost of purchased and delivered products does not include the cost of dispatching engineers or service costs. Depending on the request, these can be discussed separately. 5. Service Contents The above contents shall be assumed to apply to transactions and use of this company's products within the nation of Japan. Please discuss transactions and use outside Japan separately with the local supplier where you purchased the products, or with this company. 6. Applicable Scope of Service 1-1 Free of charge warranty period (1) In the event that breakdown occurs during the product's warranty period which is the responsibility of Fuji Electric, Fuji Electric will replace or repair the part of the product that has broken down free of charge at the place where the product was purchased or where it was delivered. However, if the following cases are applicable, the terms of this warranty may not apply. 1) The breakdown was caused by inappropriate conditions, environment, handling or use methods, etc. which are not specified in the catalog, operation manual, specifications or other relevant documents. 2) The breakdown was caused by the product other than the purchased or delivered Fuji's product. 3) The breakdown was caused by the product other than Fuji's product, such as the customer's equipment or software design, etc. 4) Concerning the Fuji's programmable products, the breakdown was caused by a program other than a program supplied by this company, or the results from using such a program. 5) The breakdown was caused by modifications or repairs affected by a party other than Fuji Electric. 6) The breakdown was caused by improper maintenance or replacement using consumables, etc. specified in the operation manual or catalog, etc. 7) The breakdown was caused by a chemical or technical problem that was not foreseen when making practical application of the product at the time it was purchased or delivered. 8) The product was not used in the manner the product was originally intended to be used. 9) The breakdown was caused by a reason which is not this company's responsibility, such as lightning or other disaster. (2) Furthermore, the warranty specified herein shall be limited to the purchased or delivered product alone. (3) The upper limit for the warranty range shall be as specified in item (1) above and any damages (damage to or loss of machinery or equipment, or lost profits from the same, etc.) consequent to or resulting from breakdown of the purchased or delivered product shall be excluded from coverage by this warranty. 1-2 Warranty range 1-3. Trouble diagnosis
35 Memo
NOTES Printed on 100% recycled paper In running general-purpose motors • Driving a 400V general-purpose motor When driving a 400V general-purpose motor with an inverter, damage to the insulation of the motor may occur. Use an output circuit filter (OFL) if necessary after checking with the motor manufacturer. Fuji's motors do not require the use of output circuit filters because of their reinforced insulation. • Torque characteristics and temperature rise When the inverter is used to run a general-purpose motor, the temperature of the motor becomes higher than when it is operated using a commercial power supply. In the low-speed range, the cooling effect will be weakened, so decrease the output torque of the motor. If constant torque is required in the low-speed range, use a Fuji inverter motor or a motor equipped with an externally powered ventilating fan. • Vibration Use of an inverter does not increase vibration of a general-purpose motor, but when the motor is mounted to a machine, resonance may be caused by the natural frequencies, including that of the machine system. * The use of a rubber coupling or vibration dampening rubber is recommended. * It is also recommended to use the inverter jump frequency control to avoid resonance points. Note that operation of a 2-pole motor at 60Hz or more may cause abnormal vibration. • Noise When an inverter is used with a general-purpose motor, the motor noise level is higher than that with a commercial power supply. To reduce noise, raise carrier frequency of the inverter. High-speed operation at 60Hz or more can also result in more noise. In running special motors • Explosion-proof motors When driving an explosion-proof motor with an inverter, use a combination of a motor and an inverter that has been approved in advance. Such approved products are available in our special product series. Contact Fuji Electric FA for details. • Submersible motors and pumps These motors have a larger rated current than general-purpose motors. Select an inverter whose rated output current is greater than that of the motor. These motors differ from general-purpose motors in thermal characteristics. Set a low value in the thermal time constant of the motor when setting the electronic thermal facility. • Brake motors For motors equipped with parallel-connected brakes, their braking power must be supplied from the inverter input side (the primary circuit). If the brake power is connected to the inverter power output side (the secondary circuit) by mistake, problems may occur. Do not use inverters for driving motors equipped with series-connected brakes. • Geared motors If the power transmission mechanism uses an oil- lubricated gearbox or speed changer/reducer, then continuous motor operation at low speed may cause poor lubrication. Avoid such operation. • Synchronous motors It is necessary to use software suitable for this motor type. Contact Fuji Electric FA for details. • Single-phase motors Single-phase motors are not suitable for inverter- driven variable speed operation. Use three-phase motors. * Even if a single-phase power supply is available, use a three-phase motor as the inverter provides three-phase output. Environmental conditions • Installation location Use the inverter in a location with an ambient temperature range of -10 to 50˚C. The inverter heat sinks and braking resistor surfaces become hot under certain operating conditions. Install the inverter on nonflammable material such as metal. Ensure that the installation location meets the environmental conditions specified in “Environment” in Common specifications on page 11. For inverters of 22kW or smaller, remove the ventilation covers when operating it at a temperature of 40°C or higher. Combination with peripheral devices • Installing a molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) or earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) Install a recommended molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) or an earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) (with the exception of those exclusively designed for protection from ground faults) in the primary circuit of the inverter to protect the wiring. Ensure that the circuit breaker capacity is equivalent to or lower than the recommended capacity. • Installing a magnetic contactor (MC) on the inverter power output side (the secondary circuit) If a magnetic contactor (MC) is mounted on the inverter power output side (the secondary circuit) for switching the motor to commercial power or for any other purpose, turn the MC on or off while both the inverter and the motor are fully stopped. Remove the surge suppressor integrated with the MC. For switching operation from/to commercial power supply, use of newly developed “Line/inverter changeover operation” function using terminals such as SW88, SW52-2, SW52-1, SW50, is recommended. • Installing a magnetic contactor (MC) on the inverter input side (the primary circuit) Do not turn the magnetic contactor (MC) on the inverter input side (the primary circuit) on or off more than once an hour as an inverter fault may result. If frequent starts or stops are required during motor operation, use FWD/REV signals. • Protecting the motor When driving a motor with an inverter, the electronic thermal facility of the inverter can protect the motor.The operation level and the motor type (general-purpose motor, inverter motor) should be set. For high-speed motors or water-cooled motors, set a small value for the thermal time constant to protect the motor, in combination with the “cooling system OFF” signal. When driving several motors with an inverter, connect a thermal relay to each motor and turn on the inverter’s electronic thermal relay facility. If you connect the motor thermal relay to the motor with a long cable, a high-frequency current may flow into the wiring stray capacitance.This may cause the relay to trip at a current lower than the set value for the thermal relay. If this happens, lower the carrier frequency or use the output circuit filter (OFL). • Discontinuance of power-factor correcting capacitor Do not mount power-factor correcting capacitors in the inverter primary circuit. (Use the DC REACTOR to improve the inverter power-factor.) Do not use power-factor correcting capacitors in the inverter output circuit. An overcurrent trip will occur, disabling motor operation. • Discontinuance of surge killer Do not mount surge killers in the inverter secondary circuit. • Reducing noise Use of a filter and shielded wires are typical measures against noise to ensure that EMC Directives are met. Refer to Appendices, App. A “Advantageous Use of Inverters (Notes on electrical noise)” for details. • Measures against surge currents If an overvoltage trip occurs while the inverter is stopped or operated under a light load, it is assumed that the surge current is generated by open/close of the phase-advancing capacitor in the power system. * Connect a DC REACTOR to the inverter. • Megger test When checking the insulation resistance of the inverter, use a 500V megger and follow the instructions contained in the FRN-G11S/P11S Instruction Manual. Wiring • Control circuit wiring length When using remote control, limit the wiring length between the inverter and operator box to 20m or less and use twisted shielded cable. • Wiring length between inverter and motor If long wiring is used between the inverter and the motor, the inverter will overheat or trip as a result of overcurrent (high-frequency current flowing into the stray capacitance) in the wires connected to the phases. Ensure that the wiring is shorter than 50m for 3.7kW or less, and shorter than 100m for 5.5kW or more. If this length must be exceeded, lower the carrier frequency or mount an output circuit filter (OFL). When wiring is longer than 50m, and Dynamic torque- vector control or vector with PG is selected, execute off-line auto-tuning. • Wiring size Select cables with a sufficient capacity by referring to the current value or recommended wire size. • Wiring type Do not use multicore cables. • Grounding Securely ground the inverter using the grounding terminal. Selecting inverter capacity • Driving general-purpose motor Select an inverter according to the applicable motor ratings listed in the standard specifications table for the inverter. When high starting torque is required or quick acceleration or deceleration is required, select an inverter with a capacity one size greater than the standard. • Driving special motors Select an inverter that meets the following condition: Inverter rated current > Motor rated current Transportation and storage When transporting or storing inverters or inverters while mounted on machines, follow the procedures and select locations that meet the environmental conditions listed in the FRN-G11S/P11S Instruction Manual. Mitsui Sumitomo Bank Ningyo-cho Bldg., 5-7,Nihonbashi Odemma-cho,Chuo-ku,Tokyo 103-0011,Japan Phone: +81-3-5847-8011 Fax: +81-3-5847-8172 Information in this catalog is subject to change without notice. Printed in Japan 2006-3 (C06e/A99) Is 20 FIS

More Related Content

PDF
MÉMOIRE DE MASTER
byAhmedelect19
 
DOC
Lập trình cỡ nhỏ - LOGO!
byVăn Phong Cao
 
PDF
CONCEPTION ET REALISATION D’UN RESEAU DE CAPTEURS SANS FILS APPLICATION : AGR...
byabdelaligougou1
 
PDF
Formulaire d-electrotechnique-www.cours-online.com
bymorin moli
 
PDF
Ing Mécatronique FST FES
byzouhairkalkhi
 
PDF
Rapport de SAE Douala 2016
byAlioum Serouis
 
DOC
Hướng dẫn sử dụng MATLAB Simulink và ứng dụng điều khiển các hệ thống tự độn...
byDịch Vụ Viết Bài Trọn Gói ZALO 0917193864
 
DOC
Chương 2: Sơ đồ khối điện thoại di động
byviendongcomputer
 
MÉMOIRE DE MASTER
byAhmedelect19
 
Lập trình cỡ nhỏ - LOGO!
byVăn Phong Cao
 
CONCEPTION ET REALISATION D’UN RESEAU DE CAPTEURS SANS FILS APPLICATION : AGR...
byabdelaligougou1
 
Formulaire d-electrotechnique-www.cours-online.com
bymorin moli
 
Ing Mécatronique FST FES
byzouhairkalkhi
 
Rapport de SAE Douala 2016
byAlioum Serouis
 
Hướng dẫn sử dụng MATLAB Simulink và ứng dụng điều khiển các hệ thống tự độn...
byDịch Vụ Viết Bài Trọn Gói ZALO 0917193864
 
Chương 2: Sơ đồ khối điện thoại di động
byviendongcomputer
 

What's hot

PDF
dimensionnement de Sys PV.pdf
bysaid394509
 
PPTX
Soutenance rapport ht 60k v nahidi hassan
byriemmen
 
PDF
Ener1 - CM5 - Sécurité électrique
byPierre Maréchal
 
PDF
Correction examen Robotique
byMouna Souissi
 
PDF
Mcc
byAyoub Ise
 
PDF
Conception et réalisation d’un polysomnographe à base d’une carte Arduino
byYacine Triki
 
DOCX
Đề tài: Điều khiển ổn định áp suất máy nén khí, HAY
byDịch vụ viết bài trọn gói ZALO: 0909232620
 
PDF
Tp3 automate programmable siemens s7 200
byFATIMAZAHRAELGHEMARY
 
PDF
Tp informatique industrielle
byHajer Dahech
 
PDF
Thiết kế và chế tạo máy CNC phay mạch PCB.pdf
byMan_Ebook
 
PDF
Bài Giảng môn Máy Công Cụ - TNUT
byMinh Đức Nguyễn
 
PDF
144603938 exercices-capteur
byMohammed moudine
 
PDF
Lập trình PLC S7 1200 tiếng Việt-Chuong 4 khái niệm lập trình
byXuân Thủy Nguyễn
 
PDF
Giáo trình an toàn điện-hay
byTrung Trực Nguyễn Phạm
 
PDF
Rapport de stage Somati
byOthmane Es-saiydy
 
PDF
Thiết kế và chế tạo cánh tay robot 3 bậc tự do ứng dụng trong phân loại sản p...
byMan_Ebook
 
DOC
Hệ Thống Khóa Cửa Thông Minh dùng Arduino (Nguyễn Đức Ngọc Cảnh).doc
byDịch Vụ Viết Bài Trọn Gói ZALO 0917193864
 
DOCX
Đồ án khóa điện tử để đóng mở cửa tự động.docx
byTrongTranBinh4
 
DOC
Giáo Trình Máy Điện
bybaotoxamac222
 
DOCX
ĐỒ ÁN - Cân điện tử sử dụng mạch arduino có kết nối với giao diện máy tính.docx
byDịch Vụ Viết Bài Trọn Gói ZALO 0917193864
 
dimensionnement de Sys PV.pdf
bysaid394509
 
Soutenance rapport ht 60k v nahidi hassan
byriemmen
 
Ener1 - CM5 - Sécurité électrique
byPierre Maréchal
 
Correction examen Robotique
byMouna Souissi
 
Mcc
byAyoub Ise
 
Conception et réalisation d’un polysomnographe à base d’une carte Arduino
byYacine Triki
 
Đề tài: Điều khiển ổn định áp suất máy nén khí, HAY
byDịch vụ viết bài trọn gói ZALO: 0909232620
 
Tp3 automate programmable siemens s7 200
byFATIMAZAHRAELGHEMARY
 
Tp informatique industrielle
byHajer Dahech
 
Thiết kế và chế tạo máy CNC phay mạch PCB.pdf
byMan_Ebook
 
Bài Giảng môn Máy Công Cụ - TNUT
byMinh Đức Nguyễn
 
144603938 exercices-capteur
byMohammed moudine
 
Lập trình PLC S7 1200 tiếng Việt-Chuong 4 khái niệm lập trình
byXuân Thủy Nguyễn
 
Giáo trình an toàn điện-hay
byTrung Trực Nguyễn Phạm
 
Rapport de stage Somati
byOthmane Es-saiydy
 
Thiết kế và chế tạo cánh tay robot 3 bậc tự do ứng dụng trong phân loại sản p...
byMan_Ebook
 
Hệ Thống Khóa Cửa Thông Minh dùng Arduino (Nguyễn Đức Ngọc Cảnh).doc
byDịch Vụ Viết Bài Trọn Gói ZALO 0917193864
 
Đồ án khóa điện tử để đóng mở cửa tự động.docx
byTrongTranBinh4
 
Giáo Trình Máy Điện
bybaotoxamac222
 
ĐỒ ÁN - Cân điện tử sử dụng mạch arduino có kết nối với giao diện máy tính.docx
byDịch Vụ Viết Bài Trọn Gói ZALO 0917193864
 

Similar to Catalog Biến tần Frenic 5000g11 Fuji Electric

PDF
Fuji frenic-5000-drives
byREFILWE MOTHIBA
 
PDF
5000g11s hpc
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PDF
Frenic mega
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PDF
Catalog biến tần Frenic Mega Fuji Electric-Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog biến tần Frenic Lift - Fuji Electric mới nhất 2019
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PDF
Catalog Biến tần Frenic ACE Mini (Fuji Electric) - Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Mitsubishi inverter fr-s500 catalog-dienhathe.vn
byDien Ha The
 
PDF
Catalog Biến tần Frenic MINI mới nhất 2019
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PDF
Catalog Biến tần Frenic Multi Fuji (Fuji Electric) - Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Biến tần FVR Micro Fuji Electric-Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Bien tan-mini
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PDF
Catalog Frenic mini(NEW) -www.haophuong.com
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PPTX
Siemens MICRO VFD part 1
byCONTROLS & SYSTEMS
 
PDF
Catalog Biến tần Frenic Lift Fuji Electric-Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Frenic micro - www.haophuong.com
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PDF
Catalog biến tần Frenic Micro Fuji Electric mới nhất 2019
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
PDF
Catalog Biến tần Frenic Mini New (Fuji Electric)- Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Fuji tu dong hoa catalog frenic-micro-fujielectric-dienhathe.org
byDien Ha The
 
PDF
Fuji tu dong hoa catalog inverter-frenic-lift-fuji-dienhathe.org
byDien Ha The
 
PDF
Catalog lift hpc
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Fuji frenic-5000-drives
byREFILWE MOTHIBA
 
5000g11s hpc
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Frenic mega
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Catalog biến tần Frenic Mega Fuji Electric-Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Catalog biến tần Frenic Lift - Fuji Electric mới nhất 2019
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Catalog Biến tần Frenic ACE Mini (Fuji Electric) - Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Mitsubishi inverter fr-s500 catalog-dienhathe.vn
byDien Ha The
 
Catalog Biến tần Frenic MINI mới nhất 2019
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Catalog Biến tần Frenic Multi Fuji (Fuji Electric) - Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Biến tần FVR Micro Fuji Electric-Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Bien tan-mini
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Catalog Frenic mini(NEW) -www.haophuong.com
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Siemens MICRO VFD part 1
byCONTROLS & SYSTEMS
 
Catalog Biến tần Frenic Lift Fuji Electric-Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Frenic micro - www.haophuong.com
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Catalog biến tần Frenic Micro Fuji Electric mới nhất 2019
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 
Catalog Biến tần Frenic Mini New (Fuji Electric)- Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Fuji tu dong hoa catalog frenic-micro-fujielectric-dienhathe.org
byDien Ha The
 
Fuji tu dong hoa catalog inverter-frenic-lift-fuji-dienhathe.org
byDien Ha The
 
Catalog lift hpc
byCTY TNHH HẠO PHƯƠNG
 

More from Beeteco

PDF
Catalog bộ lọc sóng hài Circutor - Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Temperature Controller TZN/ TZ series Autonics - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Pressure Sentor PSA / PSB Autonics - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Contactor FJ Series - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Bộ điều khiển nhiệt độ (Temperature Controller) Fuji Electric PXF9
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog bộ nguồn omron S8 FS-C Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Bộ điều khiển nhiệt độ (Temperature Controller) Fuji Electric PXF5
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Bộ điều khiển nhiệt độ (Temperature Controller) Fuji Electric PXF4
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog presentation bộ nguồn omron 8 FS-C Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog presentation bộ nguồn Omron Datasheet S8 FS-C
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Bộ đặt thời gian Power OFF Delay
byBeeteco
 
PDF
IDEC thay thế PLC dòng FC4A, FC5A bằng dòng PLC mới FC6A
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Pressure Sensor PSM Series Autonics - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Pressure Sensor PSAN Series - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Thông báo dừng sản xuất màn hình cảm ứng HMI V8-series Fuji Electric
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Bộ đặt thời gian Sao - Tam giác nhỏ gọn ATS8SD-4 Series Autonics - beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Temperature Controller TC3YF Series - beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Temperature Controller TC Series - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog ra mắt những tính năng mới của nút nhấn phi 30 IDEC
byBeeteco
 
PDF
Catalog Socket loại hình trụ cho bộ điều khiển - beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Catalog bộ lọc sóng hài Circutor - Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Temperature Controller TZN/ TZ series Autonics - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Pressure Sentor PSA / PSB Autonics - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Contactor FJ Series - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Bộ điều khiển nhiệt độ (Temperature Controller) Fuji Electric PXF9
byBeeteco
 
Catalog bộ nguồn omron S8 FS-C Beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Bộ điều khiển nhiệt độ (Temperature Controller) Fuji Electric PXF5
byBeeteco
 
Bộ điều khiển nhiệt độ (Temperature Controller) Fuji Electric PXF4
byBeeteco
 
Catalog presentation bộ nguồn omron 8 FS-C Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Catalog presentation bộ nguồn Omron Datasheet S8 FS-C
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Bộ đặt thời gian Power OFF Delay
byBeeteco
 
IDEC thay thế PLC dòng FC4A, FC5A bằng dòng PLC mới FC6A
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Pressure Sensor PSM Series Autonics - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Pressure Sensor PSAN Series - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Thông báo dừng sản xuất màn hình cảm ứng HMI V8-series Fuji Electric
byBeeteco
 
Bộ đặt thời gian Sao - Tam giác nhỏ gọn ATS8SD-4 Series Autonics - beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Temperature Controller TC3YF Series - beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Temperature Controller TC Series - Beeteco
byBeeteco
 
Catalog ra mắt những tính năng mới của nút nhấn phi 30 IDEC
byBeeteco
 
Catalog Socket loại hình trụ cho bộ điều khiển - beeteco.com
byBeeteco
 

Recently uploaded

PDF
What is Surface Mount Technology (SMT).pdf
bysproworkstech
 
PPTX
906186982-SIH-2024-Winning-PPT.pptx sih winning
byrahul320raaz
 
PPTX
Batteries_ Technology, Applications and Sustainability.pptx
bykamelsaleh8
 
PDF
18ECL76_LAB MANUAL_UPDATED_2022 scheme.pdf
bykavana86600
 
PDF
Drone Supported by modular optical systems
bymkevinfahlevi445
 
PPTX
Power Generation by Solar Power Plant.pptx
bykrishnabhaire
 
PPTX
Code Generation phase in Compiler Design
byProfMonikaShah
 
PPT
124-ge6757-total quality management(tqm).ppt
byVasanthaChandra1
 
PPT
TOPIC 1& 2 Plant.ppt Introduction to Construction Safety
byericoppong35
 
PPT
P N Junction Diode Theory 1111111111.ppt
byHarshal Vaidya
 
PPTX
MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION CODE in cryp.pptx
bysoundariya20
 
PPTX
Chernobyl1111111111111 Presentation.pptx
bysiruilovezrn
 
PPTX
CHAPTER 3_HYDROLOGIC STATISTICS AND FREQUENCY ANALYSIS.pptx
byp26335566
 
PPTX
B. Tech Sem 1 Gravimetric Chemical Analysis - Copy.pptx
byShriNRPrasad
 
PDF
Detection and Prevention of attacks due to keylogger spyware.pdf
byBhaskar rao
 
PDF
From Lab to Launch Building a Career Beyond Academia
byYunyao Li
 
PPTX
Mastering Asynchronous Communication with Queues.pptx
byAdalberto Toledo
 
PDF
Certified Cloud Security Professional (CCSP): Unit 5
byVICTOR MAESTRE RAMIREZ
 
PDF
Best Popular Sites to Buy Verified Binance Accounts Are ....pdf
byusaold smm1
 
PPTX
5G Technology & Future Communication Systems
bySakshiMarakana
 
What is Surface Mount Technology (SMT).pdf
bysproworkstech
 
906186982-SIH-2024-Winning-PPT.pptx sih winning
byrahul320raaz
 
Batteries_ Technology, Applications and Sustainability.pptx
bykamelsaleh8
 
18ECL76_LAB MANUAL_UPDATED_2022 scheme.pdf
bykavana86600
 
Drone Supported by modular optical systems
bymkevinfahlevi445
 
Power Generation by Solar Power Plant.pptx
bykrishnabhaire
 
Code Generation phase in Compiler Design
byProfMonikaShah
 
124-ge6757-total quality management(tqm).ppt
byVasanthaChandra1
 
TOPIC 1& 2 Plant.ppt Introduction to Construction Safety
byericoppong35
 
P N Junction Diode Theory 1111111111.ppt
byHarshal Vaidya
 
MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION CODE in cryp.pptx
bysoundariya20
 
Chernobyl1111111111111 Presentation.pptx
bysiruilovezrn
 
CHAPTER 3_HYDROLOGIC STATISTICS AND FREQUENCY ANALYSIS.pptx
byp26335566
 
B. Tech Sem 1 Gravimetric Chemical Analysis - Copy.pptx
byShriNRPrasad
 
Detection and Prevention of attacks due to keylogger spyware.pdf
byBhaskar rao
 
From Lab to Launch Building a Career Beyond Academia
byYunyao Li
 
Mastering Asynchronous Communication with Queues.pptx
byAdalberto Toledo
 
Certified Cloud Security Professional (CCSP): Unit 5
byVICTOR MAESTRE RAMIREZ
 
Best Popular Sites to Buy Verified Binance Accounts Are ....pdf
byusaold smm1
 
5G Technology & Future Communication Systems
bySakshiMarakana
 

Catalog Biến tần Frenic 5000g11 Fuji Electric

  • 1.
  • 2.
    Tư vấn chọnsản phẩm Giao hàng tận nơi Hỗ trợ kỹ thuật Chính sách hậu mãi đa dạng DỊCH VỤ CHĂM SÓC KHÁCH HÀNG TOÀN DIỆN Nhà cung cấp thiết bị điện chuyên nghiệp CÔNG TY TNHH THƯƠNG MẠI KỸ THUẬT ASTER Số 7 Đại lộ Độc Lập, KCN Sóng Thần, P. Dĩ An, Tx. Dĩ An, Bình Dương, VN. Tel: (0650) 3617 012 Fax: (0650) 3617 011 www.beeteco.com
  • 3.
    I deal combinationof power and multiple-function. Dynamic torque-vector control promises optimum motor control under any operating conditions. Dynamic torque-vector control system performs high-speed calculation to deter- mine the required motor power for the load status. Our key technology is optimal control of voltage and current vectors for maximum output torque. ● A high starting torque of 200% at 0.5Hz.* * 180% for 30kW or larger models. ● Achieves smooth acceleration/ deceleration in the shortest time for the load condition. ● Using a high-speed CPU quickly responds to an abrupt load change, detects the regenerated power to control the deceleration time. This automatic decerelation function greatly reduces the inverter tripping. ● Feedback control with PG Enables the inverter to execute “vector control with PG” by adding an optional PG feedback card to obtain higher perfor- mance. • Speed control range : 1:1200 • Speed control accuracy : 0.02% • Speed control response : 40Hz 2. Reduced motor wow at low speed ● Motor wow at low speed (1Hz) reduced to less than 1/2 of that achieved by conventional inverters, with the dynamic torque-vector control system, in combination with the Fuji’s unique digital AVR. 1. Dynamic torque-vector control 0 0 Conventional Fuji inverter Wow characterisics(Sample: 3.7kW) 14 r/min 5 r/min 500ms FRN-G11S Time Outputtorque[%] 300 200 100 0 100 200 300 1000 2000 Motor speed [r/min] Torque characteristics with Dynamic torque-vector control (Sample: 3.7kW) 2 PG Vector Control Actual torque [%] Torque reference [%] Motor speed [r/min] Motor current [A] Step load response (Sample : 3.7kW) 320msTime 100 0 100 0 500 400 20 0
  • 4.
    3. New on-linetuning system ● On-line tuning to continuously check for variation of motor characteristics during running for high-precision speed control. ● This tuning function also available for a second motor, which allows high-precision driving of the second motor by changeover operation between two motors. 4. Environment-friendly features ● Provided with low-noise control power supply systems which minimize noise interference on peripheral devices such as sensors. ● Equipped with terminals for connecting DC REACTOR that can suppress harmonics. ● Complied with EMC Direc- tive (Emission) when connected to optional EMC- compliance filter. 30°C 70°C 8 00 Motorspeed[r/min] Time [min] Motor temperature vs speed variation (Sample: 3.7kW) Temperature[°C] With on-line tuning Without on-line tuning 3
  • 5.
    4 5. Advanced, convenient functions ●16-step speed with timer control, rotating motor pick-up control for conveyance machinery ● Automatic energy-saving operation, PID control, cooling fan on/off control, line/ inverter changeover operation for fans and pumps ● Rotating motor pick-up control: Restarts motor without any shocks, by detecting motor speed where motor is coasting after momentary power failure occurs. ● Automatic energy-saving operation function: Minimizes inverter and motor loss at light load. 6. Global products, communication ● Conforms to major world safety stan- dards: UL, cUL, TÜV (up to 22kW), EN (CE marking) ● Equipped with RS-485 interface as standard. ● Connection to field bus: PROFIBUS-DP, Interbus-S, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus (Option) ● Universal DI/DO : Monitors digital I/O signal status and transmits to a host controller, helping to simplify factory automation. Power source Motor speed [r/min] Output current [A] Time Rotating motor pick-up control characteristics (Sample:3.7kW) Damper control Energy saved Inverter control (V / f control) Inverter control (Automatic energy-saving control) Flow rate [%] Energy saving effect 0 100 100 Requiredpower[%] Safety Precautions 1. Use the contents of this catalog only for selecting product types and models. When using a product, read the Instruction Manual beforehand to use the product correctly. 2. Products introduced in this catalog have not been designed or manufactured for such applications in a system or equipment that will affect human bodies or lives. Customers, who want to use the products introduced in this catalog for special systems or devices such as for atomic-energy control, aerospace use, medical use, and traffic control, are requested to consult the Fuji's Sales Division. Customers are requested to prepare safety measures when they apply the products introduced in this catalog to such systems or facilities that will affect human lives or cause severe damage to property if the products become faulty.
  • 6.
    7. Intelligent Keypadpanel ● Copy function: Easily copies function codes and data to other inverters. ● Six languages (English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, and Japanese) are available as standard. ● Jogging (inching) operation from the Keypad or external signal ● Remote operation using optional extension cable (CBIII-10R-¤¤¤) 8. Protective functions, Maintenance Protection ● Motors with various characteristics can be used by setting thermal time constant for the electronic thermal overload protection. ● Input phase loss protective function protects the inverter from damage caused by discon- nection of power supply lines. ● Motor is protected with a PTC thermistor. ● Input terminals for auxiliary control power supply (1.5kW or larger models) : Alarm signal output will be held even if main circuit power supply has shut down. Excellent maintainability The items below can be monitored on the Keypad panel and making it easy to analyze the cause of trip and to take preventive measures. ● Input/output terminals check ● Life expectancy of main-circuit capacitors ● Inverter on-load factor ● Accumlated operation time ● Inverter operating condition (output current, heat sink temperature, input power, etc.) ● Detailed data on trip cause 9. Extensive product line ● Two series are available: G11S series ranging from 0.2 to 630kW for general industrial machines and P11S series ranging from 5.5 to 710kW for fans and pumps. ● Totally-enclosed casing (IP40) (up to 22kW as standard). ● Optional IP20 enclosure available for 30kW or larger models. ● Water-proof models(IP65 for 7.5kW or smaller, IP54 for 11 to 22kW) as a separate series (available soon). 10. Other useful functions ● Side-by-side mounting (up to 22kW) saves space when inverters are installed in a panel. ● The uniform height (260mm) of products (up to 7.5kW) makes it easy to design panels. ● User-definable control terminals: Digital input (9 points), transistor output (4points), and relay contact output (1point). ● Active drive feature: Performs prolonged acceleration at reduced torque, monitoring the load status to prevent tripping. ● Stall prevention function is provided as stan- dard. Active or inactive can be also selected. 5 200 100 90 50 1 6 1520 60 120 Torque characteristics with Dynamic torque-vector control 100% of output torque refers to the rated torque of the motor driven at 60Hz. Short-time operation torque (with dynamic torque-vector control) Continuous operation torque (with dynamic torque-vector control) up to 7.5kW 11 to 22kW Output frequency [Hz] Outputtorque[%] * The above graph shows an example of torque characteristics when combining FRENIC5000G11S (up to 22kW at dynamic torque-vector control) with Fuji standard three-phase motor (8-type series, 4 poles). Continuous operation torque is for limits of allowable load torque for using the motor within the allowable temperature range and is not for motor output torque. The motor output torque is shown by the short-time operation torque.
  • 7.
    Easy to applyto customer systems.A consistent design concept in all models from 0.2kW to 710kW. FRENIC 5000G1 all industrial pla Fans ● Air-conditioning system (for factory, building, office, hospital, clean room, shop, and cattle barn) ● Dryer ● Boiler fan ● Fans for controlling furnace temperature ● Roof fans controlled as a group ● Refrigerator ● Compressor ● Built-in blower in a film- manufacturing machine ● Cooling-tower fans ● Ventilating fans ● Air-conditioning equipment Food processing machines ● Food mixing machine ● Food slicer ● Grain milling machine (bread, cake, noodles) ● Tea making machine ● Rice cleaning machine Variation How to read the model number 6 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-4JE FRN15G11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S-4JE FRN22G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-4JE FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE FRN75G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE FRN355G11S-4JE FRN400G11S-4JE FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN11G11S-2JE FRN15G11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S-2JE FRN22G11S-2JE FRN30G11S-2JE FRN37G11S-2JE FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE FRN90G11S-2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE FRN7.5P11S-4JE FRN11P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-4JE FRN18.5P11S-4JE FRN22P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE FRN400P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN5.5P11S-2JE FRN7.5P11S-2JE FRN11P11S-2JE FRN15P11S-2JE FRN18.5P11S-2JE FRN22P11S-2JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE FRN45P11S-2JE FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE FRN90P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE Nominal applied motors [kW] 200V series400V series200V series400V series FRENIC5000G11S series for general industrial machines FRENIC5000P11S series for fans and pumps (variable torque loads) Code Series name FRN FRENIC 5000 series Code Nominal applied motors [kw] 0.2 0.2kW 0.4 0.4kW 0.75 0.75kW 1.5 1.5kW to to 710 710kW Code Input power source 4 Three-phase 400V 2 Three-phase 200V Code Protective structure S Standard FRN 0.4 G 11 S - 4 JE Code Application range G General industrial machines P Fans and pumps Code Developed inverter series 11 11 series Code Version JE JE
  • 8.
    Machine tools ● Grindingmachine ● Sanding machine ● Milling machine ● Lathe ● Drilling machine ● Turntable ● Work positioning machine ● PC board drilling machine ● Winding machine ● Press Electric pumps ● Tankless water supply system ● Submersible motor pump ● Vacuum pump ● Fountain pump ● Cooling water pump ● Circulating hot water pump ● Well pump ● Agricultural storage pump ● Water treatment system ● Constant-flow pump ● Sludge pump Packaging machinery ● Individual packaging/inner- packaging machine ● Packing machine ● Outer-packaging machine Paper making/ textile machinery ● Spinning machine ● Knitting machine ● Textile printing machine ● Industrial sewing machine ● Synthetic fiber manufacturing plant Conveyance machinery ● Crane (traveling, traversing, hoisting) ● Automated warehouse ● Conveyor (belt, chain, screw, roller) ● Lift ● Car parking facility ● Elevator, escalator ● Automatic door ● Shutter equipment ● Speed-change gear Chemical machinery/wood working machines ● Fluid mixing machine ● Extruder ● Vibrator ● Centrifugal separator ● Coating machine ● Take-up roller ● Routing machine ● Sanding machine ● Planing machine Other machinery ● Automated feed/medicine mixer ● Commercial-use washing machine ● Offset printing press ● Book-binding machine ● Car-washing machine ● Shredder ● Dishwasher ● Test equipment ● Crusher 1S/P11S can be used for almost ant and equipment areas. 7
  • 9.
    8 Standard Specifications FRENIC5000G11S 400Vseries, for general industrial machines FRENIC5000G11S 200V series, for general industrial machines Type FRN¤¤¤G11S-2JE 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 Nominal applied motor kW 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 37 45 55 75 90 Rated capacity *1) kVA 0.57 1.1 1.9 3.0 4.1 6.4 9.5 12 17 22 28 33 43 55 68 81 107 131 1.5 3.0 5.0 8.0 11 17 25 33 46 59 74 87 115 145 180 215 283 346 0.94 1.6 3.1 5.7 8.3 14.0 19.7 26.9 39.0 54.0 66.2 78.8 109 135 163 199 272 327 0.4 0.6 1.1 2.0 2.9 4.9 6.9 9.4 14 19 23 28 38 47 57 69 95 114 1.8 3.4 6.4 11.1 16.1 25.5 40.8 52.6 76.9 98.5 117 136 168 204 243 291 2.2 2.2 2.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 6.1 6.1 10 10 10.5 10.5 29 36 44 46 70 115 - - Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V 3-phase 200V/50Hz 200, 220V, 230V/60Hz Rated current *3) A Overload capability 150% of rated current for 1min. 150% of rated current for 1min. 200% of rated current for 0.5s 180% of rated current for 0.5s Rated frequency Hz 50, 60Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz 3-phase 200to220V/50Hz(220to230V/50Hz)*5) 200to230V/60Hz Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% Momentary voltage dip capability *7) When the input voltage is 165V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 165V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms . The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR)Rated current *8) A (without DCR) Control Starting torque 200% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) 180% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) Braking torque 150% 100% 20% *10) 10 to 15% *10) Braking Time s 10 5 5 No limit Duty cycle % 10 5 3 5 3 2 3 2 No limit Standard Braking torque (Using options) 150% 100% DC injection braking Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 100% of rated current Enclosure (IEC 60529) IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Cooling method Natural cooling Fan cooling Standards -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg NOTES: *1) Inverter output capacity (kVA) at 440V in 400V series, 220V in 200V series. *2) Output voltage is proportional to the power supply voltage and cannot exceed the power supply voltage. *3) Current derating may be required in case of low impedance loads such as high frequency motor. *4) When the input voltage is 380V/50Hz or 380 to 415V/60Hz, the tap of the auxiliary transformer must be changed. *5) Order individually. *6) Refer to the IEC 61800-3( 5.2.3 ). *7) Tested at standard load condition (85% load). *8) This value is under FUJI original calculation method. (Refer to the Technical Information.) *9) When power-factor correcting DC reactor is used. *10) With a nominal applied motor, this value is average torque when the motor decelerates and stops from 60Hz. (It may change according to motor loss.) Required power supply capacity *9) kVA Type FRN¤¤¤G11S-4JE Nominal applied motor kW Rated capacity *1) kVA Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V Rated current *3) A Overload capability Rated frequency Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations When the input voltage is 310V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 310V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms. The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR)Rated current *8) A (without DCR) Required power supply capacity *9) kVA Control Starting torque Braking torque 150% 100% 20% *10) Braking Time s Duty cycle % Standard Braking torque (Using options) DC injection braking Enclosure (IEC 60529) Cooling method -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg Momentary voltage dip capability *7) Standards 3-phase 380, 400, 415V/50Hz 380, 400, 440, 460V/60Hz 50, 60Hz Naturalcooling Fan cooling IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 100% of rated current 150% 100% 200% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) 180% (with Dynamic torque-vector control selected) 10 to 15% *10) 3-phase 380 to 480V 50/60Hz 3-phase 380 to 440V/50Hz 380 to 480V/60Hz *4) Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% 150% of rated current for 1min. 200% of rated current for 0.5s 150% of rated current for 1min. 180% of rated current for 0.5s 0.4 0.4 1.1 1.5 0.82 1.8 5 2.2 2.5 3.8 3.8 3.8 6.5 6.5 10 10 10.5 10.5 29 34 39 40 48 70 70 100 100 140 140 250 250 360 360 525 525 3 5 5 3 2 5 No limit No limit3 2 0.6 1.5 3.5 1.1 2.9 6.2 2.1 4.2 9.2 3.0 7.1 14.9 5.0 10.0 21.5 7.0 13.5 27.9 9.4 19.8 39.1 14 26.8 50.3 19 33.2 59.9 24 39.3 69.3 28 54 86 38 67 104 47 81 124 57 100 150 70 134 - 160 - 196 - 232 - 282 - 352 - 385 - 491 - 552 - 624 - 704 - 880 - 1104 - 93 111 136 161 196 244 267 341 383 433 488 610 765 0.75 0.75 1.9 2.5 1.5 1.5 2.8 3.7 2.2 2.2 4.1 5.5 3.7 3.7 6.8 9 5.5 5.5 9.9 13 7.5 7.5 13 18 11 11 18 24 15 15 22 30 18.5 18.5 29 39 22 22 34 45 30 30 45 60 37 37 57 75 45 45 69 91 55 55 85 112 75 75 114 150 90 90 134 176 110 110 160 210 132 132 192 253 160 160 231 304 200 200 287 377 220 220 316 415 280 280 396 520 315 315 445 585 355 355 495 650 400 400 563 740 500 500 731 960 630 630 891 1170
  • 10.
    9 FRENIC5000P11S 400V series,for fans and pumps Type FRN¤¤¤P11S-2JE 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 Nominal applied motor kW 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 Rated capacity *1) kVA 8.3 11 16 20 25 29 43 55 68 81 107 131 158 Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V 3-phase 200V/50Hz 200, 220V, 230V/60Hz Rated current *3) A 22 29 42 55 67 78 115 145 180 215 283 346 415 Overload capability 110% of rated current for 1min Rated frequency Hz 50, 60Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 220V/50Hz (220 to 230V/50Hz) *5) 200 to 230V/60Hz Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% Momentary voltage dip capability *7) When the input voltage is 165V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 165V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms . The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR) 19.7 26.9 39.0 54.0 66.2 78.8 109 135 163 199 272 327 400Rated current *8) A (without DCR) 40.8 52.6 76.9 98.5 117 136 168 204 243 291 - - - Required power kVA 6.9 9.4 14 19 23 28 38 47 57 69 95 114 139 supply capacity *9) Control Starting torque 50% Braking torque *10) 20% 10 to 15% Braking Time s No limit Duty cycle % No limit Standard Braking torque (Using options) 100% 70% DC injection braking Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 80% of rated current Enclosure (IEC 60529) IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Cooling method Fan cooling Standards -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg 5.7 5.7 5.7 10 10 10.5 29 29 36 44 46 70 115 NOTES: *1) Inverter output capacity (kVA) at 440V in 400V series, 220V in 200V series. *2) Output voltage is proportional to the power supply voltage and cannot exceed the power supply voltage. *3) Current derating may be required in case of low impedance loads such as high frequency motor. *4) When the input voltage is 380V/50Hz or 380 to 415V/60Hz, the tap of the auxiliary transformer must be changed. *5) Order individually. *6) Refer to the IEC 61800-3( 5.2.3 ). *7) Tested at standard load condition (85% load). *8) This value is under FUJI original calculation method. (Refer to the Technical Information.) *9) When power-factor correcting DC reactor (DCR) is used. *10) With a nominal applied motor, this value is average torque when the motor decelerates and stops from 60Hz. (It may change according to motor loss.) FRENIC5000P11S 200V series, for fans and pumps Type FRN¤¤¤P11S-4JE Nominal applied motor kW Rated capacity *1) kVA Output ratings Rated voltage *2) V 3-phase 380, 400, 415V/50Hz 380, 400, 440, 460V/60Hz Rated current *3) A Overload capability 110% of rated current for 1min Rated frequency Hz 50, 60Hz Phases, Voltage, Frequency Input ratings Voltage / frequency variations 3-phase 380 to 480V 50/60Hz 3-phase 380 to 440V/50Hz 380 to 480V/60Hz *4) Voltage : +10 to –15% ( Voltage unbalance *6) : 2% or less ) Frequency :+5 to –5% When the input voltage is 310V or more, the inverter can be operated continuously. When the input voltage drops below 310V from rated voltage, the inverter can be operated for 15ms. The smooth recovery method is selectable. (with DCR)Rated current *8) A (without DCR) Required power supply capacity *9) kVA Control Starting torque 50% Braking torque *10) Braking Time s Duty cycle % 20% 10 to 15% No limit No limit Standard DC injection braking Enclosure (IEC 60529) Cooling method IP 40 IP 00 ( IP 20 : Option ) Fan cooling Standards -UL/cUL -Low Voltage Directive -EMC Directive TÜV (up to 22kW) -IEC 61800-2 (Ratings, specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a.c. power drive systems) -IEC 61800-3 (EMC product standard including specific test methods) Mass kg Braking torque (Using options) Starting frequency: 0.1 to 60.0Hz Braking time: 0.0 to 30.0s Braking level: 0 to 80% of rated current 100% 70% Momentary voltage dip capability *7) 5.5 5.5 9.5 12.5 10.0 21.5 6.1 6.1 6.1 10 10 10.5 29 29 34 39 40 48 70 70 100 100 140 140 250 250 250 360 360 525 525 7.0 13.5 27.9 9.4 19.8 39.1 14 26.8 50.3 19 33.2 59.9 24 39.3 69.3 28 54 86 38 67 104 47 81 124 57 100 150 70 134 - 160 - 196 - 232 - 282 - 352 - 385 - 491 - 552 - 624 - 704 - 792 - 880 - 1104 - 1248 - 93 111 136 161 196 244 267 341 383 433 488 549 610 765 865 16.5 23 30 37 44 60 75 91 112 150 176 210 253 304 377 415 520 585 650 740 840 960 11701370 7.5 7.5 12.5 11 11 17.5 15 15 22.8 18.5 18.5 28.1 22 22 33.5 30 30 45 37 37 57 45 45 69 55 55 85 75 75 114 90 90 134 110 110 160 132 132 192 160 160 231 200 200 287 220 220 316 280 280 396 315 315 445 355 355 495 400 400 563 450 450 640 500 500 731 630 630 891 710 710 1044
  • 11.
    10 Common Specifications Note: (*)Option *1) Inverter may automatically reduce carrier frequency, in accordance with ambient temperature or output current for protecting inverter. Item Maximum frequency G11S Base frequency Starting frequency Carrier frequency *1) Accuracy (Stability) Setting resolution Control method Operation method Frequency setting (Frequency command) Jogging operation Voltage / freq. (V/f) characteristic Torque boost Running status signal Acceleration / Deceleration time Active drive Frequency limiter Bias frequency Gain for frequency setting Jump frequency control Rotating motor pick up (Flying start) Auto-restart after momentary power failure Line / Inverter changeover operation Slip compensation Droop operation Torque limiting Torque control PID control Automatic deceleration Second motor’s setting Energy saving operation Fan stop operation Universal DI Universal DO Zero speed control (*) Positioning control (*) Synchronized operation (*) 50 to 400Hz 25 to 400Hz 0.1 to 60Hz, Holding time: 0.0 to 10.0s 0.75 to 15kHz (55kW or smaller) 0.75 to 10kHz (75kW or larger) P11S 50 to 120Hz 25 to 120Hz 0.75 to 15kHz (22kW or smaller) 0.75 to 10kHz (30 to 75kW) 0.75 to 6kHz (90kW or larger) • Analog setting : ±0.2% of Maximum frequency (at 25±10°C) • Analog setting : • 1/1000 of Maximum frequency ex.) 0.06Hz at 60Hz, 0.12Hz at 120Hz, (0.4Hz at 400Hz: G11S) • 1/3000 for 30kW and above • V/f control (Sinusoidal PWM control) • Dynamic torque-vector control (Sinusoidal PWM control) • Vector control with PG (*) (G11S only) • KEYPAD operation : or key, key • Digital input signal operation : FWD or REV command, Coast-to-stop command, etc. • LINK operation : RS-485 (Standard) • KEYPAD operation: or key • External potentiometer (*) : 1 to 5kΩ (1/2W) • Analog input : 0 to +10V DC (0 to +5V DC), 4 to 20mA DC • UP/DOWN control : Output frequency increases when UP signal is ON, and decreases when DOWN signal is ON. • Multistep frequency : Up to 16 different frequencies can be selected by digital input signal. • Pulse train input (*) : 0 to 100kp/s • Digital signal (parallel ) (*) : 16-bit binary • LINK operation : RS485 (Standard) • Programmed PATTERN operation: Max. 7 stages or key, FWD or REV digital input signal Adjustable at base and maximum frequency, with AVR control : 320 to 480V (400V series), 80 to 240V (200V series) Selectable by load characteristics: Constant torque load (Auto/manual), Variable torque load (Manual) Transistor output (4 points) : RUN, FAR, FDT, OL, LU, TL, etc. Relay output (2 points) : • Same as transistor output • Alarm output (for any fault) Analog output (1 point) : Output frequency, Output current, Output torque, etc. Pulse output (1 point) : Output frequency, Output current, Output torque, etc. 0.01 to 3600s : • Independently adjustable acceleration and deceleration • 4 different times are selectable. Mode select : Linear, S-curve (weak), S-curve (strong), Non-linear When the acceleration time reaches 60s, the motor output torque is automatically reduced to rated torque. Then the motor operation mode is changed to torque limiting operation. The acceleration time is automatically extended up to 3 times. High and Low limiter can be preset. Bias frequency can be preset. Gain for frequency setting can be preset. (0.0 to 200.0%) ex.) Analog input 0 to +5V DC with 200% gain results in maximum frequency at 5V DC. Jump frequency (3 points) and its common jump hysteresis width (0 to 30Hz) can be preset. A rotating motor (including inverse rotating mode) can be smoothly picked up without stopping the motor (speed search method). Automatic restart is available without stopping motor after a momentary power failure (speed search method). When "Smooth recovery" mode is selected, the motor speed drop is held minimum. (The inverter searches the motor speed, and smoothly returns to setting frequency. Even if the motor circuit is temporarily opened, the inverter operates without a hitch. ) Controls the switching operation between line power and inverter. The inverter has sequence function inside. The inverter output frequency is controlled according to the load torque to keep motor speed constant. When the value is set at "0.00" and "Torque-vector" is set at "active", the compensation value automatically selects the Fuji standard motor. Slip compensation can be preset for the second motor. The motor speed droops in proportion to output torque (–9.9 to 0.0Hz)......G11S only. • When the motor torque reaches a preset limiting level, this function automatically adjusts the output frequency to prevent the inverter from tripping due to an overcurrent. • Torque limiting 1 and 2 can be individually set, and are selectable with a digital input signal. Output torque (or load factor) can be controlled with an analog input signal.....G11S only. This function can control flowrate, pressure, etc. (with an analog feedback signal.) • Reference • KEYPAD operation ( or key) : Setting freq. / Max. freq. X 100 (%) • PATTERN operation : Setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) signal • Voltage input (Terminal 12 ) : 0 to +10V DC • DI option input (*) : • BCD, setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) • Current input (Terminal C1 ) : 4 to 20mA DC • Binary, full scale/100 (%) • Reversible operation with polarity (Terminal 12) : 0 to ±10V DC • Multistep frequency setting : Setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) • Reversible operation with polarity (Terminal 12 + V1 ) : 0 to ±10V DC • RS-485 : Setting freq./Max. freq. X 100 (%) • Inverse mode operation (Terminal 12 ) : +10 to 0V DC • Inverse mode operation (Terminal C1 ) : 20 to 4mA DC • Feedback signal • Terminal 12 (0 to +10V DC or +10 to 0V DC) • Terminal C1 (4 to 20mA DC or 20 to 4mA DC) Torque limiter 1 (Braking) is set at "F41: 0" (Same as Torque limiter 2 (Braking) ). • In deceleration :The deceleration time is automatically extended up to 3 times the setting time for tripless operation even if braking resistor not used. • In constant speed operation : Based on regenerative energy, the frequency is increased and tripless operation is active. This function is used for two motors switching operation. • The second motor’s V/f characteristics (base and maximum frequency) can be preset. • The second motor’s circuit parameter can be preset. Torque-vector control can be applied to both motors. This function minimizes inverter and motor losses at light load. This function is used for silent operation or extending the fan's lifetime. Transmits to main controller of LINK operation. Outputs command signal from main controller of LINK operation. The stopped motor holds its rotor angle.....G11S only. The SY option card can be used for positioning control by differential counter method. This function controls the synchronize operation between 2 axes with PGs. Explanation Output frequency Universal AO Outputs analog signal from main controller of LINK operation. Control • Digital setting : ±0.01% of Maximum frequency (at –10 to +50°C) • Digital setting : 0.01Hz at Maximum frequency of up to 99.99Hz (0.1Hz at Maximum frequency of 100Hz and above) • LINK setting : • 1/20000 of Maximum frequency ex.) 0.003Hz at 60Hz, 0.006Hz at 120Hz, (0.02Hz at 400Hz: G11S) • 0.01Hz (Fixed) T-Link (FUJI private link), PROFIBUS-DP, Interbus-S, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus, JPCN1 (Option) 0 to ±10V DC (0 to ± 5V DC) ....Reversible operation by polarized signal can be selected. +10 to 0V DC, 20 to 4mA DC......Inverse mode operation can be selected. (Reversible) (Inverse) T-Link (FUJI private link), RPOFIBUS-DP, Interbus-S, DeviceNet, Modbus Plus, JPCN1 (Option) Setting
  • 12.
    11 Indication Operation mode(Running) • Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) (Hz) Operation monitor • Displays operation guidance • Bargraph: Output frequency (%), Output current (A), Output torque (%) Alarm monitor • The alarm data is displayed when the inverter trips. Function setting Displays function codes and its data or data code, and changes the data value. Operation condition :Cause of trip by code (Even when main power supply is off, trip history data of the last 4 trips are retained.) • Output frequency (Hz) • Output current (A) • Output voltage (V) • Torque calculation value (%) • Setting frequency (Hz) • Operation condition (FWD / REV, IL, VL / LU, TL) • Motor synchronous speed (r/min) • Load shaft speed (r/min) • Line speed (m/min) • PID reference value • PID feedback value • Driving torque limiter setting vaiue (%) • Braking togue limiter setting value (%) Tester function (I/O check) Maintenance data • Operation time (h) • DC link circuit voltage (V) • Temperature at inside air (°C) • Temperature at heat sink (°C) • Maximum current (A) • Main circuit capacitor life(%) • Control PC board life (h) • Cooling fan operation time (h) • Communication error times (KEYPAD,RS485, Option) • ROM version (Inverter, KEYPAD, Option) Load factor calculation Alarm data • Output frequency (Hz) • Output current (A) • Output voltage (V) • Torque calculation value (%) • Setting frequency (Hz) • Operation condition (FWD / REV, IL, VL / LU, TL) • Operation time (h) • DC link circuit voltage (V) • Temperature at inside air (°C) • Hest sink temperature (°C) • Communication error times (KEYPAD,RS-485, Option) • Digital input terminal condition (Remote, Communication) • Transistor output terminal condition • Trip history code • Multiple alram exist • Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) (Hz) • Setting frequency (Hz) • Output current (A) • Output voltage (V) • Motor synchronous speed (r/min) • Line speed (m/min) • Load shaft speed (r/min) • Torque calculation value (%) • Input power (kW) • PID reference value • PID reference value (remote) • PID feedback value • Trip history Stopping Selected setting value or output value Trip mode Charge lamp When the DC link circuit voltage is higher than 50V, the charge lamp is ON. Overload Protects the inverter by electronic thermal overload function and by detection of inverter temperature. Overvoltage Detects DC link circuit overvoltage,and stops the inverter. (400V series: 800V DC, 200V series: 400V DC) Undervoltage Detects DC link circuit undervoltage,and stops the inverter. (400V series: 400V DC, 200V series: 200V DC) Input phase loss Phase loss protection for power line input. Overheating Protects the inverter by detection of inverter temperature. Short-circuit Short-circuit protection for inverter output circuit Ground fault • Ground fault protection for inverter output circuit (3-phase current detection method) • Zero-phase current detection method (30kW or larger) Motor overload • The inverter trips,and then protects the motor. • Electronic thermal overload protection can be set for standard motor or inverter motor • Thermal time constant (0.5 to 75.0 minutes) can be preset for a special motor. • The second motor's electronic thermal overload protection can be preset for 2-motor changeover operation. DB resistor overheating • Prevents DB resistor overheating by internal electronic thermal overload relay (7.5kW or smaller). • Prevents DB resistor overheating by external thermal overload relay attached to DB resistor (11kW or larger). Stall prevention • Controls the output frequency to prevent (overcurrent) trip when the output current exceeds the limit value during acceleration. • Lowers the output frequency to hold almost constant torque when the output current exceeds the limit value during operation at constant speed. • Controls the output frequency to prevent (overvoltage) trip when the DC link circuit voltage exceeds the limit value during deceleration. (The inverter stops electricity discharge operation to protect the DB resistor.) Output phase loss When the inverter executes auto-tuning, detects each phase impedance imbalance. Motor protection by PTC thermistor When the motor temperature exceeds allowable value, the inverter trips automatically. Auto reset When the inverter is tripped, it resets automatically and restarts. Installation location* Free from corrosive gases, flammable gases, oil mist, dusts, and direct sunlight. Indoor use only. * If the inverter has to be used in an atmosphere including the hydrogen sulfide gases, a special model might be available. Contact Fuji Electric FA. Altitude 1000m or less. Applicable to 3000m with power derating (-10%/1000m) Ambient temperature –10 to +50 °C. For inverters of 22kW or smaller, remove the ventilation covers when operating it at a temperature of 40 °C or above. Ambient humidity 5 to 95%RH (non-condensing) Vibration 3mm at from 2 to less than 9Hz, 9.8m/s2 at from 9 to less than 20Hz, 2m/s2 at from 20 to less than 55Hz (2m/s2 at from 9 to less than 55Hz :G11S 90kW, P11S 110kW or more) 1m/s2 at from 55 to less than 200Hz, Storage condition -Temperature : –25 to +65 °C, -Humidity : 5 to 95%RH (non-condensing) Item Explanation Protection Condition (Installation and operation) • Digital I/O : (ON), (OFF) • Analog I/O: (V), (mA), (H), (p/s) • Measurement time (s) • Maximum current (A) • Average current (A) • Average braking power (%) LCD monitor(Japanese, English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) Operation monitor & Alarm monitor Function setting & monitor LED monitor Displays the cause of trip by codes as follows. • OC1 (Overcurrent during acceleration) • OC2 (Overcurrent during deceleration) • OC3 (Overcurrent during running at constant speed) • EF (Ground fault) • Lin (Input phase loss) • FUS (Fuse blown) • OU1 (Overvoltage during acceleration) • OU2 (Overvoltage during deceleration) • OU3 (Overvoltage running at constant speed) • LU (Undervoltage) • OH1 (Overheating at heat sink) • OH2 (External thermal relay tripped) • OH3 (Overtemperature at inside air) • dBH (Overheating at DB circuit) • OL1 (Motor 1 overload) • OL2 (Motor 2 overload) • OLU (Inverter unit overload) • OS (Overspeed) • PG (PG error) • Er1 (Memory error) • Er2 (KEYPAD panel communication error) • Er3 (CPU error) • Er4 (Option error) • Er5 (Option error) • Er6 (Operation procedure error) • Er7 (Output phase loss error, impedance imbalance) • Er7. (Charging circuit alarm, 30kW or larger) • Er8 (RS-485 error)
  • 13.
    12 Terminal Functions Terminal Functions Symbol L1/R,L2/S, L3/T U,V,W P1, P(+) P(+), N(-) P(+), DB G R0,T0 13 12 (Torque control) (PID control) (PG feedback) C1 FWD REV X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 (SS1) (SS2) (SS4) (SS8) (RT1) (RT2) (HLD) (BX) (RST) (THR) (JOG) (Hz2/Hz1) (M2/M1) (DCBRK) (TL2/TL1) (SW50) (SW60) (DOWN) (WE-KP) (Hz/PID) (IVS) (IL) (Hz/TRQ) (STM) (PG/Hz) (SYC) (STOP1) (STOP2) PLC CM Terminal name Power input Inverter output For DC REACTOR For BRAKING UNIT For EXTERNAL BRAKING RESISTOR Grounding Auxiliary control power supply Potentiometer power supply Voltage input Used for torque control reference signal. Used for PID control reference signal or feedback signal. Used for reference signal of PG feedback control (option) Current input (PID control) Forward operation command Reverse operation command Digital input 1 Digital input 2 Digital input 3 Digital input 4 Digital input 5 Digital input 6 Digital input 7 Digital input 8 Digital input 9 Multistep freq. selection ACC / DEC time selection 3-wire operation stop command Coast-to-stop command Alarm reset Trip command (External fault) Jogging operation Freq. set 2 / Freq. set 1 Motor 2 / Motor 1 DC brake command Torque limiter 2 / Torque limiter 1 Switching operation between line and inverter DOWN command Write enable for KEYPAD PID control cancel Inverse mode changeover Interlock signal for 52-2 TRQ control cancel Pick up start mode SY-PG enabled Syuhronization command Forced stop command PLC terminal Common Function Connect a 3-phase power supply. Connect a 3-phase induction motor. Connect the DC REACTOR for power-factor correcting or harmonic current reducing. • Connect the BRAKING UNIT (Option). • Used for DC bus connection system. Connect the EXTERNAL BRAKING RESISTOR (Option) Ground terminal for inverter chassis (housing). Connect the same AC power supply as that of the main circuit to back up the control circuit power supply. +10V DC power supply for frequency setting POT ( POT: 1 to 5kΩ ) • 0 to +10V DC/0 to 100% (0 to +5V DC/0 to 100% ) • Reversible operation can be selected by function setting. 0 to ±10V DC /0 to ±100% (0 to ±5V DC/0 to ±100% ) • Inverse mode operation can be selected by function setting or digital input signal. +10 to 0V DC/0 to 100% • 4 to 20mA DC/0 to 100% • Inverse mode operation can be selected by function setting or digital input signal. 20 to 4mA DC/0 to 100% Used for PID control reference signal or feedback signal. FWD - CM: ON ..... The motor runs in the forward direction. FWD - CM: OFF ..... The motor decelerates and stops. REV - CM: ON ..... The motor runs in the reverse direction. REV - CM: OFF ..... The motor decelerates and stops. These terminals can be preset as follows. (SS1) : 2 (0, 1) different frequencies are selectable. (SS1,SS2) : 4 (0 to 3) different frequencies are selectable. (SS1,SS2,SS4) : 8 (0 to 7) different frequencies are selectable. (SS1,SS2,SS4,SS8) : 16 (0 to 15) different frequencies are selectable. (RT1) : 2 (0, 1) different ACC / DEC times are selectable. (RT1,RT2) : 4 (0 to 3) different ACC / DEC times are selectable. Used for 3-wire operation. (HLD) - CM: ON ..... The inverter self-holds FWD or REV signal. (HLD) - CM: OFF ..... The inverter releases self-holding. (BX) - CM: ON ..... Motor will coast-to-stop. (No alarm signal will be output.) (RST) - CM: ON ..... Faults are reset. (This signal should be held for more than 0.1s.) (THR) - CM: OFF ..... "OH2 trip" occurs and motor will coast-to-stop. (JOG) - CM: ON ..... JOG frequency is effective. (Hz2/Hz1) - CM: ON ..... Freq. set 2 is effective. (M2/M1) - CM: ON ..... The motor circuit parameter and V/f characteristics are changed to the second motor's ones. (DCBRK) - CM: ON .....The DC injection brake is effective. (In the inverter deceleration mode) (TL2/TL1) - CM: ON ..... Torque limiter 2 is effective. (SW50(SW60)) - CM: ON .....The motor is changed from inverter operation to line operation. (SW50(SW60)) - CM: OFF ..... The motor is changed from line operation to inverter operation. Forced stop command with Deceleration time4 (STOP2) - CM: ON ..... The motor decelerates and stops with Deceleration time4. (WE-KP) - CM: ON ..... The data is changed by KEYPAD. (Hz/PID) - CM: ON ..... The PID control is canceled,and frequency setting by KEYPAD ( or )is effective. (IVS) - CM: ON ..... Inverse mode is effective in analog signal input. Connect to auxiliary contact (1NC) of 52-2. (Hz/TRQ) - CM: ON ..... The torque control is canceled, and ordinary operation is effective. (LE) Link enable (RS-485, Bus) (LE) - CM: ON ..... The link opereation is effective. Used to switch operation between ordinary operation and link operation to communication. (STM) - CM: ON ..... The "Pick up" start mode is effective. (PG/Hz) - CM: ON ..... Synchronized operation or PG-feedback operation is effective. (SYC) - CM: ON .....The motor is controlled for synchronized operation between 2 axes with PGs. (STOP1) - CM: ON ..... The motor decelerates and stops. (EXITE) Pre-exciting command: (EXITE) - CM: ON ..... The magnetic flux can be established preliminary before starting at PG vector mode. Connect PLC power supply to avoid malfunction of the inveter that has SINK type digital input,when PLC power supply is off. Common for digital signal Remarks DC REACTOR: 55kW or smaller : Option 75kW or larger : Standard BRAKING UNIT (Option): G11S: 11kW or larger, P11S: 15kW or larger G11S : 7.5kW or smaller, P11S : 11kW or smaller 0.75kW or smaller: Not correspond • Allowable maximum output current : 10mA • Input impedance: 22kΩ • Allowable maximum input voltage: ±15V DC • If input voltage is 10 to 15V DC, the inverter estimates it to10V DC. • Input impedance:250kΩ • Allowable maximum input current: 30mA DC • If input current is 20 to 30mA DC , the inverter estimates it to20mA DC. 11 Common Common for analog signal Isolated from terminals CME and CM. When FWD and REV are simultaneously ON,the motor decelerates and stops. • ON state maximum input voltage: 2V (maximum source current : 5mA) • OFF state maximum terminal voltage: 22 to 27V (allowable maximum leakage current: 0.5mA) Frequency 0 is set by F01 (or C30). (All signals of SS1 to SS8 are OFF) Time 0 is set by F07/F08. (All signals of RT1 to RT2 are OFF) Assigned to terminal X7 at factory setting. • The motor restarts from 0Hz by turning off BX with the operation command (FWD or REV) ON. • Assigned to terminal X8 at factory setting. • During normal operating, this signal is ignored. • Assigned to X9 at factory setting. This alarm signal is held internally. This signal is effective only while the inverter is stopping. If this signal is changed while the inverter is running, the signal is effective only after the inverter stops. If this signal is changed while the inverter is running, the signal is effective only after the inverter stops. If the operation command(FWD/REV) is input while DC braking is effective, the operation command (FWD/REV) has priority. Main circuit changeover signals are output through Y1 to Y5 terinal. (UP) UP command (UP) - CM: ON ..... The output frequency increases. (DOWN) - CM: ON ..... The output frequency decreases. • The output frequency change rate is determined by ACC / DEC time. • Restarting frequency can be selected from 0Hz or setting value at the time of stop. When UP and DOWN commands are simultaneously ON,DOWN signal is effective. If this signal is changed while the inverter is running, the signal is effective only after the inverter stops. RS-485: Standard, Bus: Option (U-DI) Universal DI This signal is transmitted to main controller of LINK operation. (ZERO) Zero speed command (ZERO) - CM: ON ..... The motor decelerates and holds its rotor angle. This function can be selected at PG feedback control. Option Option Option Isolated from terminals CME and 11. Main circuit Digital input Analong input
  • 14.
    13 Symbol FMA (11) FMPPulse output Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 (RUN) (FAR) (FDT1) (LU) (B/D) (TL) (IPF) (OL1) (KP) (STP) (RDY) (SW88) (SW52-2) (SW52-1) (SWM2) (AX) (TU) (TO) (STG1) (STG2) (STG4) (AL1) (AL2) (AL4) (AL8) (FAN) (TRY) (U-DO) (OH) (SY) (LIFE) CME Terminal name Analog monitor (Common) Pulserate monitor Transistor output 1 Transistor output 2 Transistor output 3 Transistor output 4 Inverter running Frequency equivalence signal Frequency level detection Undervoltage detection signal Torque polarity Torque limiting Auto-restarting Overload early warning KEYPAD operation mode Inverter stopping Ready output Line/Inv changeover (for 88) Line/Inv changeover (for 52-2) Line/Inv changeover (for 52-1) Motor2/Motor1 Auxiliary terminal (for 52-1) Time-up signal Cycle completion signal Stage No indication 1 Stage No indication 2 Stage No indication 4 Alarm indication 1 Alarm indication 2 Alarm indication 4 Alarm indication 8 Fan operation signal Auto-resetting Universal DO Overheat early warning Synchronization completion signal Lifetime alarm Common (transistor output) Function Output voltage (0 to 10V DC) is proportional to selected function’s value as follows. The proportional coefficient and bias value can be preset. • Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) ( 0 to max. frequency ) • Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) ( 0 to max. frequency ) • Output current ( 0 to 200% ) • Output voltage ( 0 to 200% ) • Output torque ( 0 to 200% ) • Load factor ( 0 to 200% ) • Input power ( 0 to 200% ) • PID feedback value ( 0 to 100% ) • PG feedback value ( 0 to max. speed ) • DC link circuit voltage ( 400V series : 0 to 1000V) ( 200V series : 0 to 500V) • Universal AO ( 0 to 100%) • Pulse rate mode : Pulse rate is proportional to selected function’s value* (50% duty pulse) • Average voltage mode : Average voltage is proportional to selected function’s value* (2670P/S pulse width control) * Kinds of function to be output is same as those of analog output (FMA). Output the selected signals from the following items. Outputs ON signal when the output frequency is higher than starting frequency. Outputs ON signal when the difference between output frequency and setting frequency is smaller than FAR hysteresis width. Outputs ON signal by comparison of output frequency and preset value (level and hysteresis). Outputs ON signal when the inverter stops by undervoltage while the operation command is ON. Outputs ON signal in braking or stopping mode, and OFF signal in driving mode. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is in torque-limiting mode. Outputs ON signal during auto restart operation mode.(including "restart time") • Outputs ON signal when the electronic thermal value is higher than preset alarm level. • Outputs ON signal when the output current value is higher than preset alarm level. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is in KEYPAD operation mode. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is stopping mode or in DC braking mode. Outputs ON signal when the inverter is ready for operation. Outputs 88's ON signal for Line/Inverter changeover operation. Outputs 52-2’s ON signal for Line/Inverter changeover operation. Outputs 52-1’s ON signal for Line/Inverter changeover operation. Outputs the motor changeover switch ON signal from motor 1 to motor 2. Used for auxiliary circuit of 52-1. (Same function as AX1, AX2 terminal by FRENIC5000G9S series. (30kW or larger)) Outputs time up signal (100ms ON pulse) at every stage end of PATTERN operation. Outputs one cycle completion signal (100ms ON pulse) at PATTERN operation. Outputs PATTERN operation’s stage No. by signals STG1, STG2 and STG4. Outputs trip alarm No. by signals AL1, AL2, AL4, and AL8. Outputs the inverter cooling fan operation status signal. Outputs ON signal at auto resetting mode. (Including "Reset interval") Outputs command signal from main controller of LINK operation. Outputs ON signal when the heat sink temperature is higher than (trip level – 10°C), and outputs OFF signal when the temperature is lower than (trip level – 15°C). Synchronization completion signal for synchronized operation. Outputs ON signal when the calculated lifetime is longer than preset alarm level. Common for transistor output signal. Remarks Allowable maximum output current: 2mA Allowable maximum output current : 2mA • ON state maximum output voltage : 2V (Allowable maximum sink current : 50mA) • OFF state maximum leakage current : 0.1mA (Allowable maximum voltage : 27V) Reffer to wiring diagram example. Option Isolated from terminals CM and 11. 30A, 30B, 30C Alarm relay output Outputs a contact signal when a protective function is activated. Changeable exciting mode active or non-exciting mode active by function "F36". • Contact rating : 250V AC, 0.3A, cosø=0.3 Y5A,Y5C Relay output Functions can be selected the same as Y1 to Y4. Changeable exciting mode active or non-exciting mode active by function "E25". 48V DC, 0.5A, non-inductive LINK DXA, DXB, SD Connect the RS-485 link signal.RS-485 I/O terminal (FDT2) 2nd Freq. level detection 2nd-outputs ON signal by comparison of output frequency and preset value (FDT2 level). (OL2) 2nd OL level early warning 2nd-outputs ON signal when the output current value is larger than preset alarm level (OL2 level). (C1OFF) Terminal C1 off signal Outputs ON signal when the C1 current is smaller than 2mA. (DNZS) Speed existance signal Outputs ON signal at detection of motor speed when using OPC-G11S-PG/PG2/SY. Analog output (CM) (Common) Transistor output Relay output Terminal Functions
  • 15.
    14 Keypad panel Operation BasicWiring Diagram The following diagram is for reference only. For detailed wiring diagrams, refer to the relevant instruction manual. *1) Use the inverter whose rated input voltage matches the power supply voltage. *2) Use this peripheral device when necessary. *3) 55kW or smaller: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are connected with a jumper wire before shipping. When connecting an optional DC reactor (DCR)*6), remove the jumper wire that connects the terminals [P1] and [P(+)]. 75kW or larger: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are not connected at shipment from factory. Be sure to connect the DC reactor (DCR) *6) standard provided to these terminals. *4) For G11S models from 0.2 to 7.5kW, a built-in braking resistor (DBR) is connected to the inverter before shipping. (DBR is not mounted on G11S models 11kW or larger, and P11S models.) *5) Terminals [R0] and [T0] are provided for G11S models 1.5kW or larger, and P11S models. These terminals are not provided for G11S models 0.75kW or smaller. Even if these terminals are not powered, the inverter can be operated. NOTE: Common terminals [11], (CM), and <CME> for control circuits are isolated from one another. Terminal Arrangement 400 to 440V/50Hz, 440 to 480V/60Hz U1 (Factory setting) 380V/50Hz (398V or smaller), U2380 to 415V/60Hz (430V or smaller) Input voltage CNUX connector 30C Y5C Y4 Y2 CME 11 12 13 CM FWD REV CM X7 X8 X9 DXB DXA SD 30A 30B Y5A Y3 Y1 C1 FMA FMP PLC X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 FRN0.4G11S-4JE~FRN0.75G11S-4JE / FRN0.2G11S-2JE~FRN0.75G11S-2JE • Main circuit terminals • Control circuit terminals FRN1.5G11S-4JE~FRN3.7G11S-4JE / FRN1.5G11S-2JE~FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE~FRN7.5G11S-4JE / FRN5.5G11S-2JE~FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE~FRN11P11S-4JE / FRN5.5P11S-2JE~FRN11P11S-2JE FRN11G11S-4JE~FRN22G11S-4JE / FRN11G11S-2JE~FRN22G11S-2JE FRN15P11S-4JE~FRN22P11S-4JE / FRN15P11S-2JE~FRN22P11S-2JE L1/R L2/S L3/T DB P1 P(+) N(-) U V W R0 T0 GG L1/R L2/S L3/T DB P1 P(+) N(-) U V W R0 T0 G L1/R L2/S L3/T P1 P(+) N(-) U V W R0 T0 G G G L1/R L2/S L3/T DB P1 P(+) N(-) U V W G G FRN30G11S-4JE~FRN110G11S-4JE / FRN30G11S-2JE~FRN55G11S-2JE FRN30P11S-4JE~FRN132P11S-4JE / FRN30P11S-2JE~FRN75P11S-2JE L1/R L2/S L3/T P1 P(+) N(-) U V W G G R0 T0 FRN132G11S-4JE~FRN220G11S-4JE / FRN90G11S-2JE FRN160P11S-4JE~FRN280P11S-4JE / FRN110P11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE, FRN90P11S-2JE L1/R L2/S L3/T P1 P(+) N(-) U V W G G R0 T0 P1 P(+) N(-) U VL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 G G W FRN280G11S-4JE~FRN315G11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE~FRN400P11S-4JE P1 UL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 V W P1 U P(+) P(+) N(-) N(-) L1/R L2/S L3/T G G V W P1 UL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 V W P1 U N(-) N(-) P(+) P(+)L1/R L2/S L3/T G G V W FRN355G11S-4JE~FRN400G11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE~FRN500P11S-4JE FRN500G11S-4JE, FRN630G11S-4JE / FRN630P11S-4JE, FRN710P11S-4JE P(+) UL1/R L2/S L3/T R0 T0 V W P1 P1 UN(-) N(-) P(+) L1/R L2/S L3/T V W GG L1/R L2/S L3/T U V W G GG M N(-) N(-) N(-) P(+) DBR DBP(+) P1 (R0) (T0) (X9) (CM) (FMP) (DXB) (DXA) (SD) (X1) (PLC) (FWD) (REV) (CM) (X8) <Y5C > <Y5A > <Y4 > <Y1 > <Y2 > <Y3 > <CME > (X7) (X6) (X5) (X4) (X3) (X2) 0V 30C 30B 30A30 0V +DC10V +DC24V +DC0~10V [13] [12] [11] [C1] [FMA] G11S:11 to 55 kW 75 kW or larger P11S:5.5 to 55 kW P(+)P1 P1 MCCB or ELCB ( *2) Power supply ( *1) 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz or 3-phase 400 to 480V 50/60Hz Main circuit Jumper wire (*3) (*6) (*4) (*3) Auxiliary control power supply( *5) Grounding Grounding Control circuit Analog input Potentiometer power supply Voltage input Current input Analog output (analog monitor) Digital input Pulse output (frequency monitor) *Option Pulse output Motor* DC reactor (DCR) Alarm output (for any fault) Relay output Transistor output G11S:7.5 kW or smaller RS-485 interface port CNUX ( ) U1 U2
  • 16.
    15 The following diagramis for reference only. For detailed wiring diagrams, refer to the relevant instruction manual. *1)Use the inverter whose rated input voltage matches the power supply voltage. *2)An optional device. Use it when necessary. *3)Use this peripheral device when necessary. *4)55kW or smaller: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are connected with a jumper wire before shipping. When connecting an optional DC reactor (DCR) *9), remove the jumper wire that connects the terminals [P1] and [P(+)]. 75kW or larger: Terminals [P1] and [P(+)] are not connected at shipment from factory. Be sure to connect the DC reactor (DCR) *9) standard provided to these terminals. *5)For G11S models from 0.2 to 7.5kW, a built-in braking resistor (DBR) is connected to the inverter before shipping. (DBR is not mounted on G11S models 11kW or larger, and P11S models.) When connecting an optional external braking resistor (DB), remove the DBR connection cables from [P(+)] and [DB] terminals. The end of the removed cables (indicated with an X) must be insulated. *6)When connecting an optional external braking resistor (DB), be sure to also use an optional braking unit *8). Connect the optional braking unit to the [P(+)] and [N(-)] terminals. Auxiliary terminals [1] and [2] have polarity. Be sure to connect cables to these terminals correctly. (See the diagram) *7)Terminals [R0] and [T0] are provided for G11S models 1.5kW or larger, and P11S models.These terminals are not provided for G11S models 0.75kW or smaller. Even if these terminals are not powered, the inverter can be operated. NOTE: Common terminals [11], (CM), and <CME> for control circuits are isolated from one another. External signal input Operation 400 to 440V/50Hz, 440 to 480V/60Hz U1 380V/50Hz (398V or smaller), U2 (Factory setting)380 to 415V/60Hz (430V or smaller) Input voltage CNUX connector ( + ) ( - ) L1/R L2/S L3/T U V W G GG M N(-)P(+)P1 (R0) (T0) (X9) (CM) (FMP) (DXB) (DXA) (SD) (X1) (PLC) (FWD) (REV) (CM) (X8) (X7) (X6) (X5) (X4) (X3) (X2) 0V 30C 30B 30A30 0V +DC10V +DC24V +DC0~10V [13] [12] [11] [C1] [FMA] G11S:11 kW or larger P11S:5.5 kW or larger MCCB or ELCB ( *3) Power supply ( *1) 3-phase 200 to 230V 50/60Hz or 3-phase 400 to 480V 50/60Hz Main circuit (*5) Grounding Grounding Control circuit Analog input Digital input Pulse output Motor* Alarm output (for any fault) Relay output Transistor output 60Hz 1 2 3 Auxiliary control power supply ( *7) Potentiometer power supply (*2) ( *8) Analog frequency meter (FM) 0 to 60Hz (*2) DC reactor (DCR) (*2) ( *9) Current input 4 to 20mA External braking resistor (DB) (*2) (*6) External braking resistor (DB) (*2) (*6) Braking unit ( *2) ( *8) G DB 2 1 DB N(-) DBR (CM) (CM) (THR) (THR) P P(+) G G N DBP 2 1 2 1 P P DB (*4) G11S:7.5 kW or smaller Digital frepuency meter (pulse counter) (*2) <Y5C > <Y5A > <Y4 > <Y1 > <Y2 > <Y3 > <CME > RS-485 interface port *Option CNUX ( ) U1 x x U2
  • 17.
    16 Keypad Panel Functionsand Operations Keypad panel LCD monitor In operation mode : Displays various items of information such as operation condition and function data. Operation guidance, which can be scrolled, is displayed at the bottom. In program mode : Displays functions and data. FWD/REV keys In operation mode : Starts the inverter with forward or reverse operation command. Pressing the FWD or REV key lights the RUN lamp. Invalid when the function code F02 (Operation method) is set at 1 (External signal operation). Stop key In operation mode : Stops the inverter. Invalid when the function code F02 (Operation method) is set at 1 (External signal operation). Unit indication Displays the unit for the information shown on the LED monitor. Program key Switches the display to a menu screen or to the initial screen for operation mode or alarm mode. Shift key (Column shift) In program mode : Moves the cursor horizontally at data change. Pressing this key with the UP or DOWN key, the screen changes to the next function block. Function/Data Select key In operation mode : Changes the displayed values of LED monitor. In program mode : Selects the function code or stores the data. Up/Down keys In operation mode : Increases or decreases the frequency or speed. In program mode : Increases or decreases function code number and data set value. Reset key In program mode : Cancels the current input data and shifts the screen. In trip mode : Releases the trip-stop state. LED monitor In operation mode: Displays the setting frequency, output current, voltage, motor speed, or line speed. In trip mode: Displays code indicating the cause of trip.
  • 18.
    17 Perform the wiringshown in the Basic wiring diagram on page 14. Turn on inverter power, and use the or key to set an output frequency. Press the key, then press the or key. The inverter starts running using the factory setting function data. Press the key to stop the inverter. Procedure for selecting function codes and data codes The following is a sample procedure for selecting a function code and changing the function data. 1 Press the key to switch the operation monitor screen to the program menu screen. 2 Select “1. DATA SET” , and press the key. 4 Use the , , and keys to change the function data to the target value. (Use the key to move the cursor when you want to enter a numerical value.) 5 Press the key to store the updated function data in memory. The screen shifts for the selection of the next function. 6 Pressing the key switches the screen to the operation monitor screen. 1) Setting a frequency When the operation monitor screen is displayed, a frequency can be set by using the or key in both the operation and stop modes.When the target frequency is displayed, press the key to enter the frequency in memory. 2) Switching a unit indication During both operation and stop modes, each time the key is pressed, the value displayed on the LED monitor changes, and the unit indication on the LCD monitor shifts from Hz to A, V, r/min, m/min, kW, and % in this order in accordance with the displayed value. F01 FREQ CMD 1 0 0~11 F00 DATA PRTC F01 FREQ CMD 1 F02 OPR METHOD F03 MAX Hz-1 → 1. DATA SET 2. DATA CHECK 3. OPR MNTR 4. I / O CHECK RUN FWD PRG → PRG MENU F/D → LED SHIFT RUN FWD PRG → PRG MENU F/D → LED SHIFT 3 Press the or key to select a target function code. To quickly scroll the function select screen, press key and the or key at the same time. At the target function, press key. F02 OPR METHOD F03 MAX Hz-1 F04 BASE Hz-1 F05 RATED V-1 Keypad panel operation
  • 19.
    18 Function settings Fundamental Functions Dataprotection Frequency command 1 Operation method Maximum frequency 1 Base frequency 1 Rated voltage 1 ( at Base frequency 1 ) Maximum voltage 1 ( at Maximum frequency 1 ) Acceleration time 1 Deceleration time 1 Torque boost 1 Electronic thermal (Select) overload protection for motor 1 Electronic thermal overload protection (for braking resistor) Restart mode after momentary power failure (operation selection) Gain (for frequency setting signal) Bias frequency Stop frequency Motor sound (Carrier freq.) (Sound tone) FMA (Voltage adjust) (Function) Torque limit 1 (Driving) Torque vector control 1 (Level) (Thermal time constant) Frequency (High) limiter (Low) DC brake (Starting freq.) (Braking level) (Braking time) Starting frequency (Freq.) (Holding time) 0.0 to 60.0Hz 0.0 (DC brake inactive), 0.1 to 30.0s 0.1 to 60.0Hz 0.0 to 10.0s (Function) FMP (Pulse rate) (Voltage adjust) 30RY operation mode (Braking) 0 : Data change enable 1 : Data protection 0 : KEYPAD operation ( or key) 1 : Voltage input (terminals 12) (0 to +10V DC, 0 to +5V DC) 2 : Current input (terminal C1) (4 to 20mA DC) 3 : Voltage and current input (terminals 12 and C1) 4 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminal 12)(0 to ±10V DC) 5 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminals 12 and V1) (0 to ±10V DC) 6 : Inverse mode operation (terminals 12) (+10 to 0V DC) 7 : Inverse mode operation (terminal C1) (20 to 4mA DC) 8 : UP/DOWN control 1 (initial freq. = 0Hz) 9 : UP/DOWN control 2 (initial freq. = last value) 10 : PATTERN operation 11 : DI option or Pulse train input 0 : Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) 1 : Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) 2 : Output current 3 : Output voltage 4 : Output torque 5 : Load factor 6 : Input power 7 : PID feedback value 8 : PG feedback value 9 : DC link circuit voltage 10 : Universal AO 0 : Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) 1 : Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) 2 : Output current 3 : Output voltage 4 : Output torque 5 : Load factor 6 : Input power 7 : PID feedback value 8 : PG feedback value 9 : DC link circuit voltage 10 : Universal AO 0 : The relay (30) excites on trip mode. 1 : The relay (30) excites on normal mode. G11S : 20 to 200, 999% (999: No limit) *2) P11S : 20 to 150, 999% (999: No limit) 0 : KEYPAD operation ( or or key) 1 : FWD or REV command signal operation G11S : 50 to 400Hz P11S : 50 to 120Hz G11S : 25 to 400Hz P11S : 25 to 120Hz G11S : 0 to 400Hz P11S : 0 to 120Hz G11S : 0 to 400Hz P11S : 0 to 120Hz G11S : –400.0 to 400.0Hz P11S : –120.0 to 120.0Hz G11S : 0 to 100% 0% : (Pluse rate output: 50% duty) 1 to 200% : (Voltage adjust: 2670p/s, duty adjust) G11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 200, 999% (999: No limit) *2) P11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 150, 999% (999: No limit) P11S : 0 to 80% 0(Free), 320 to 480V (400V class) 0(Free), 80 to 240V (200V class) 320 to 480V (400V class) 80 to 240V (200V class) 0.01 to 3600s 0.01 to 3600s 0.0 : Automatic (for constant torque load) 0.1 to 1.9 : Manual (for variable torque load) 2.0 to 20.0 : Manual (for constant torque load) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (for 4-pole standard motor) 2 : Active (for 4-pole inverter motor) Approx. 20 to 135% of rated current 0.5 to 75.0 min G11S [7.5kW or smaller] 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (built-in braking resistor) 2 : Active (DB***-2C / 4C external braking resistor) [11kW or larger] 0 : Inactive P11S [11kW or smaller] 0,1: Inactive 2 : Active (DB***-2C / 4C external braking resistor) [15kW or larger] 0 : Inactive 0 : Inactive (Trip and alarm when power failure occurs.) 1 : Inactive (Trip, and alarm when power recovers.) 2 : Inactive (Deceleration stop, and alarm.) 3 : Active (Smooth recovery by continuous operation mode) 4 : Active (Momentarily stops and restarts at output frequency of before power failure) 5 : Active (Momentarily stops and restarts at starting frequency) 0.0 to 200.0% 0.1 to 60.0Hz 0.75 to 15kHz (G11S : 55kW or smaller, P11S : 22kW or smaller) 0.75 to 10kHz (G11S : 75 to 400kW, P11S : 30 to 75kW) 0.75 to 6kHz (G11S : 500, 630kW, P11S : 90 to 630kW) 0.75 to 4kHz (P11S : 710kW) 0 : level 0 1 : level 1 2 : level 2 3 : level 3 0 to 200% 300 to 6000 p/s (at full scale) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active - - - 1Hz 1Hz 1V 1V 0.01s 0.01s 0.1 - - 0.1% 0.1Hz 0.1Hz 1kHz - 1% - - - 0 0 0 60 60 380 220 380 220 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 5.0 10.0 G11S : 0.0 P11S : 0.1 1 0.01A *1) - - - - 1 0 0 0 0.1min 1 1Hz 70 1Hz 0 100.0 0.0 0.1Hz 0.0 1% 0 0.1s 0.0 0.1Hz 0.5 0.1s 0.0 0.2 2 0 100 - 0 0 1p/s 1440 1% 0 0 1% 999 1% 999 0 Basic Functions Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F00 F01 F02 F03 F04 F05 F06 F07 F08 F09 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F25 F26 F27 F30 F31 F35 F34 F33 F36 F40 F41 F42 DC BRK Hz DC BRK LVL DC BRK t START Hz HOLDING t DATA PRTC FREQ CMD 1 OPR METHOD MAX Hz-1 BASE Hz-1 RATED V-1 MAX V-1 ACC TIME1 DEC TIME1 TRQ BOOST1 ELCTRN OL1 OL LEVEL1 TIME CNST 1 DBR OL RESTART H LIMITER L LIMITER FREQ GAIN FREQ BIAS STOP Hz MTR SOUND MTR TONE FMA V-ADJ FMA FUNC FMP FUNC FMP V-ADJ FMP PULSES 30RY MODE DRV TRQ 1 BRK TRQ 1 TRQVECTOR1 The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped.
  • 20.
    19 The functions inthe yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Extension Terminal Funcitons Acceleration time 3 Y1 terminal function Y3 terminal function (Braking) Y4 terminal function Y5A,Y5C terminal function Acceleration time 2 Deceleration time 2 Deceleration time 3 Acceleration time 4 Deceleration time 4 Torque limit 2 (Driving) Y2 terminal function FAR function signal (Hysteresis) Y5 RY operation mode FDT1 function signal (Level) (Hysteresis) OL1 function signal (Mode select) (Level) (Timer) Selects from the following items. 0.0 to 10.0 Hz 0.1 to 60.0s 0 : Inactive (Y5 Ry excites at "ON signal" mode.) 1 : Active (Y5 Ry excites at "OFF signal" mode.) 0.0 to 30.0 Hz 0 : [SS1] 1 : [SS2] 2 : [SS4] 3 : [SS8] 4 : [RT1] 5 : [RT2] 6 : 3-wire operation stop command [HLD] 7 : Coast-to-stop command [BX] 8 : Alarm reset [RST] 9 : Trip command (External fault) [THR] 10 : Jogging operation [JOG] 11 : Freq. set. 2 / Freq. set. 1 [Hz2/Hz1] 12 : Motor 2 / Motor 1 [M2/M1] 13 : DC brake command [DCBRK] 14 : Torque limiter 2 / Torque limiter 1 [TL2/TL1] 15 : Switching operation between line and inverter (50Hz) [SW50] 16 : Switching operation between line and inverter (60Hz) [SW60] 17 : UP command [UP] 18 : DOWN command [DOWN] 19 : Write enable for KEYPAD [WE-KP] 20 : PID control cancel [Hz/PID] 21 : Inverse mode changeover (terminals 12 and C1 ) [IVS] 22 : Interlock signal for 52-2 [IL] 23 : TRQ control cancel [Hz/TRQ] 24 : Link enable (Bus,RS485) [LE] 25 : Universal DI [U-DI] 26 : Pick up start mode [STM] 27 : SY-PG enable [PG/Hz] 28 : Synchronization command [SYC] 29 : Zero speed command [ZERO] 30 : Forced stop command [STOP1] 31 : Forced stop command with Deceleration time 4 [STOP2] 32 : Pre-exciting command [EXITE] 33 : Line speed control Cancellation [Hz/LSC] 34 : Line speed frequency memory [LSC-HLD] 35 : Frequency setting 1 / Frequency setting 2 [Hz1/Hz2] 0 : Inverter running [RUN] 1 : Frequency equivalence signal [FAR] 2 : Frequency level detection [FDT1] 3 : Undervoltage detection signal [LU] 4 : Torque polarity [B/D] 5 : Torque limiting [TL] 6 : Auto-restarting [IPF] 7 : Overload early warning [OL1] 8 : KEYPAD operation mode [KP] 9 : Inverter stopping [STP] 10 : Ready output [RDY] 11 : Line/Inv changeover ( for 88) [SW88] 12 : Line/Inv changeover ( for 52-2) [SW52-2] 13 : Line/Inv changeover ( for 52-1) [SW52-1] 14 : Motor 2 / Motor 1 [SWM2] 15 : Auxiliary terminal (for 52-1) [AX] 16 : Time-up signal [TU] 17 : Cycle completion signal [TO] 18 : Stage No. indication 1 [STG1] 19 : Stage No. indication 2 [STG2] 20 : Stage No. indication 4 [STG4] 21 : Alarm indication 1 [AL1] 22 : Alarm indication 2 [AL2] 23 : Alarm indication 4 [AL4] 24 : Alarm indication 8 [AL8] 25 : Fan operation signal [FAN] 26 : Auto-resetting [TRY] 27 : Universal DO [U-DO] 28 : Overheat early warning [OH] 29 : Synchronization completion signal [SY] 30 : Life expectancy detection signal [LIFE] 31 : 2nd Freq. level detection [FDT2] 32 : 2nd OL level early warning [OL2] 33 : Terminal C1 off signal [C1OFF] 34 : Speed existance signal [DNZS] 35 : Speed agreement signal [DSAG] 36 : PG error signal [PG-ABN] 37 : Torque limiting (Signal with delay) [TL2] G11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 200%, 999% (999: No limit) *2) G11S : 20 to 200%, 999% (999: No limit) *2) P11S : 20 to 150%, 999% (999: No limit) P11S : 0 (Automatic deceleration control), 20 to 150%, 999% (999: No limit) G11S : Approx. 5 to 200% of rated current P11S : Approx. 5 to 150% of rated current Selects from the following items. 0.01 to 3600s 0 : Thermal calculation 1 : Output current - - 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s 0.01s - - 0.1Hz 0.1s 0 2 - 1 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 1% 999 1% 999 0 2 - 1 - 7 - 10 2.5 0.1Hz 1.0 1Hz 60 - 0 0.01A *1 10.0 X1-X9 Terminal ACC 2,3,4 DEC 2,3,4 Y1-Y5C Terminal Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting OL2 function (Level) G11S : Approx. 5 to 200% of rated current P11S : Approx. 5 to 150% of rated current 0.01A *1 FDT2 function (Level) E23 E24 E01 E02 E04 E05 E06 E07 E08 X1 terminal function X3 terminal function X2 terminal function X4 terminal function X5 terminal function X6 terminal function X7 terminal function X8 terminal function X9 terminal function E09 E03 E12 E10 E11 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E20 E22 E21 E30 E25 E32 E31 E33 E34 E35 E37 E36 Y4 FUNC Y5 FUNC X1 FUNC X2 FUNC X4 FUNC X5 FUNC X6 FUNC X7 FUNC X8 FUNC X9 FUNC X3 FUNC ACC TIME3 ACC TIME2 DEC TIME2 DEC TIME3 ACC TIME4 DEC TIME4 DRV TRQ 2 BRK TRQ 2 Y1 FUNC Y3 FUNC Y2 FUNC FAR HYSTR Y5RY MODE FDT HYSTR FDT1 LEVEL OL1 WARNING OL1 LEVEL OL TIMER OL2 LEVEL FDT2 LEVEL 1Hz 60 Multistep freq. selection (1 to 4 bit) For Line / Inverter changeover operation For PATTERN operation For Alarm signal output ACC / DEC time selection (1 to 2 bit) 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 6.00 20.00 G11S : 0 to 400 Hz P11S : 0 to 120 Hz G11S : 0 to 400 Hz P11S : 0 to 120 Hz
  • 21.
    20 The functions inthe yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Extension Terminal Functions (cont’d) The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Control Functions of Frequency Display coefficient A Display coefficient B LED Display filter LED Monitor (Function) (Display at STOP mode) LCD Monitor (Function) Language LCD Monitor (Contrast) –999.00 to 999.00 –999.00 to 999.00 0.0 to 5.0s 0(Soft) to 10(Hard) 0 : Output frequency 1 (Before slip compensation) (Hz) 1 : Output frequency 2 (After slip compensation) (Hz) 2 : Setting frequency (Hz) 3 : Output current (A) 4 : Output voltage (V) 5 : Motor synchronous speed (r/min) 6 : Line speed (m/min) 7 : Load shaft speed (r/min) 8 : Torque calculation value (%) 9 : Input power 10 : PID reference value 11 : PID reference value (remote) 12 : PID feedback value 0 : Japanese 1 : English 2 : German 3 : French 4 : Spanish 5 : Italian 0 : Setting value 1 : Output value 0 : Displays operation guidance 1 : Bar graph (Output freq.,Output current,and Output torque) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.1s 0.5 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 5 LED & LCD Monitor Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting E40 E42 E43 E44 E45 E46 E41 E47 COEF A DISPLAY FL LED MNTR LED MNTR2 LCD MNTR LANGUAGE COEF B CONTRAST Jump (Jump freq. 1) frequency (Jump freq. 2) (Jump freq. 3) (Hysteresis) Multistep (Freq. 1) frequency (Freq. 2) setting (Freq. 3) (Freq. 4) (Freq. 5) (Freq. 6) (Freq. 7) (Freq. 8) (Freq. 9) (Freq.10) (Freq.11) (Freq.12) (Freq.13) (Freq.14) PATTERN (Mode select) operation (Stage 1) (Stage 2) Offset (Terminal 12) (Terminal C1) (Stage 3) (Stage 4) (Stage 5) (Stage 6) (Stage 7) (Freq.15) Analog setting signal filter 0 to 30Hz • Operation time: 0.00 to 6000s • F1 to F4 and R1 to R4 Code FWD / REV ACC / DEC F1 : FWD ACC1 / DEC1 F2 : FWD ACC2 / DEC2 F3 : FWD ACC3 / DEC3 F4 : FWD ACC4 / DEC4 R1 : REV ACC1 / DEC1 R2 : REV ACC2 / DEC2 R3 : REV ACC3 / DEC3 R4 : REV ACC4 / DEC4 –5.0 to +5.0% –5.0 to +5.0% 0.00 to 5.00s 0 : KEYPAD operation ( or key) 1 : Voltage input (terminal 12) (0 to +10V DC, 0 to +5V DC) 2 : Current input (terminal C1) (4 to 20mA DC) 3 : Voltage and current input (terminals 12 and C1) 4 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminal 12) (0 to ±10V DC) 5 : Reversible operation with polarity (terminal 12 and V1) (0 to ±10V DC) 6 : Inverse mode operation (terminal 12 ) (+10 to 0V DC) 7 : Inverse mode operation (terminal C1) (20 to 4mA DC) 8 : UP/DOWN control 1 (initial freq. = 0Hz) 9 : UP/DOWN control 2 (initial freq. = last value) 10 : PATTERN operation 11 : DI option or Pulse train input 0 : Active (Mono-cycle operation, and then stops.) 1 : Active (Continuous cyclic operation while operation command is effective.) 2 : Active (Mono-cycle operation,and after continues at the latest setting frequency.) 1Hz 1Hz 0.1% 0.1% 0.01s 0 0 1Hz 0 1Hz 3 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.01Hz 0.00 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 0.01Hz 0.00 JOG frequency 0.01Hz - 0.00 0 0.01Hz 5.00 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 *Setting for operation time, FWD/REV rotation and ACC/DEC time select. Frequency command 2 0.01s 0.01s 0.00 F1 0.00 F1 0.01s 0.00 F1 - 2 0.05 0.0 0.0 Jump Hz Control Multi-Hz Control PATTERN Operation Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting G11S : 0 to 400Hz P11S : 0 to 120Hz G11S : 0.00 to 400.00Hz P11S : 0.00 to 120.00Hz G11S : 0.00 to 400.00Hz P11S : 0.00 to 120.00Hz C01 C02 C04 C05 C06 C07 C08 C09 C03 C10 C11 C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C12 C19 C20 C21 C22 C23 C24 C25 C26 C27 C28 C31 C32 C33 C30 JUMP Hz 1 JUMP Hz 2 JUMP HYSTR MULTI Hz-1 MULTI Hz-2 MULTI Hz-3 MULTI Hz-4 MULTI Hz-5 JUMP Hz 3 MULTI Hz-6 MULTI Hz-7 MULTI Hz-9 MULTI Hz10 MULTI Hz11 MULTI Hz12 MULTI Hz13 MULTI Hz14 MULTI Hz-8 MULTI Hz15 JOG Hz PATTERN STAGE 1 STAGE 2 STAGE 3 STAGE 4 STAGE 5 STAGE 6 STAGE 7 OFFSET 12 OFFSET C1 REF FILTER FREQ CMD 2 Function settings
  • 22.
    21 The functions inthe yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Motor Parameters High Performance Functions Number of motor 1 poles Motor 1 (Capacity) (Rated current) (Tuning) (On-line Tuning) (No-load current) (%R1 setting) (%X setting) (Slip compensation control 1) 2 to 14 0.00 to 2000 A 0.00 to 2000 A 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.00 to +15.00 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (One time tuning of %R1 and %X ( on motor stopping mode )) 2 : Active (One time tuning of %R1, %X and Io ( on motor running mode )) 22kW or smaller : 0.01 to 45.00 kW 30kW or larger : 0.01 to 800.00 kW 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Real time tuning of %R2) 2 0.01A 4 *1) 0.01kW *1) 0.01A *1) - 0 - 0 0.01% *1) 0.01% *1) 0.01Hz 0.00 Motor 1 Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting P01 P02 P03 P04 P06 P05 P07 P08 P09 M1 POLES M1-CAP M1-Ir M1 TUN1 M1-Io M1 TUN2 M1-%R1 M1-%X SLIP COMP1 Data initializing Droop operation RS-485 (Address) (Mode select on no response error) (Timer) (Baud rate) (Data length) (Parity check) (Stop bits) (No response error detection time) (Response interval ) (Data reset) Fan stop operation Rev. phase sequence lock (level) Active drive PID control (Mode select) (Feedback signal) (P-gain) (I-gain) (D-gain) (Feedback filter) PTC thermistor (Mode select) Auto-restart (Restart time) (Freq. fall rate) (Holding DC voltage) (OPR command selfhold time) Serial link (Function select) Auto-reset (Times) (Reset interval) ACC/DEC (Mode select) pattern 0 (Inactive), 1 to 10 times 2 to 20s 0.1 to 10.0s 0.00 to 100.00Hz/s 400 to 600V (400V class) 200 to 300V (200V class) 0.0 to 30.0s, 999s (999s : The operation command is held while DC link circuit voltage is larger than 50V. ) 0.01 to 10.00 0.00 to 5.00V 1 to 31 0 to 60.0s 0 (No detection), 1 to 60s 0.00 to 1.00s 0 : Inactive (linear acceleration and deceleration) 1 : S-shape acceleration and deceleration (mild) 2 : S-shape acceleration and deceleration (variable) 3 : Curvilinear acceleration and deceleration 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Only Auto-restart after momentary power failure mode ) 2 : Active (All start modes) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (PID output 0 to 100% / Frefuency 0 to max.) 2 : Active (Inverse operation mode : PID output 0 to 100% / Frefuency max. to 0) (Code) (Monitor) (Frequency command) (Operation command) 0 : X - - × : Valid 1 : X X - - : Invalid 2 : X - X 3 : X X X 0 : Terminal 12 (0 to +10V) 1 : Terminal C1 (4 to 20mA) 2 : Terminal 12 (+10 to 0V) 3 : Terminal C1 (20 to 4mA) 0 : Manual set value 1 : Return to factory set value 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Fan stops at low temperature mode) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Only when torque boost "F09" is set at manual setting mode.) 0 : Normal (according to "H07" mode) 1 : Coast-to-stop 0 : Inactive 1 : Active 0 : Inactive 1 : Active 0 : Inactive 1 : Active G11S : –9.9 to 0.0Hz P11S : 0.0 (Fixed) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active 0 : Trip and alarm (Er8) 1 : Operation for H33 timer, and alarm (Er8) 2 : Operation for H33 timer,and retry to communicate. * If the retry fails, then the inverter trips("Er 8"). 3 : Continuous operation 0 : 19200 bit/s 1 : 9600 2 : 4800 3 : 2400 4 : 1200 0 : No checking 1 : Even parity 2 : Odd parity 0 : 8 bit 1 : 7 bit 0 : 2 bit 1 : 1 bit 0.0 : Inactive 0.1 to 3600.0s 0.00 : Inactive 0.01 to 10.0s 0.0 to 60.0s - 1 0.01s 0.1s - 0 - 0 0 1s 5 - 0 - 0 Start mode (Rotating motor pick up) - 0 Energy-saving operation - DEC mode - G11S : 0 P11S : 1 Instantaneous overcurrent limiting - 0 0.1s 1 0.01Hz/s 1V 0.5 10.00 470V 235V 0.1s 999 Torque control - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 0.01 0.10 0.1s 0.0 0.00 0.5 0 - 0 0.1s 2.0 - 0 - 0 - 0 1s 0 0.01s 0.01 - 1 0.1Hz 0.0 0.01V 1.60 - 0 1 1 High Performance Functions PID Control Serial Link Y1-Y5C Terminal Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting G11S 0 : Inactive (Frequency control) 1 : Active (Torque control by terminal 12 (Driving)) (0 to +10V/0 to 200%) 2 : Active (Torque control by terminal 12 (Driving & Braking) (0 to ±10V/0 to ±200%) P11S 0 : Inactive (Fixed) H31 H03 H05 H06 H07 H08 H04 H24 H25 H26 H27 H28 H30 H09 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H18 H19 H20 H21 H22 H23 H32 H33 H35 H36 H37 H38 H39 H34 485ADDRESS DATA INIT RESET INT FAN STOP ACC PTN REV LOCK AUTO-RESET D-GAIN FB FILTER PTC MODE PTC LEVEL DROOP LINK FUNC START MODE ENERGY SAV DEC MODE INST CL RESTART t FALL RATE HOLD V SELFHOLD t TRQ CTRL AUT RED PID MODE FB SIGNAL P-GAIN I-GAIN MODE ON ER TIMER LENGTH PARITY STOP BITS NO RES t INTERVAL BAUD RATE
  • 23.
    22 The functions inthe yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. Alternative Motor Parameters Function Settings User Functions The functions in the yellow boxes can be set while the inverter is running. Other functions must be set while the inverter is stopped. 75 10 10 10 10 XXXX 0 0 0 0 10 0.5 1 00 0 0 819 556 1738 1024 –55kW 0 410 546 1000 1000 75kW– 1 Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting Maximum compensation frequency during braking torque limit 1st S-shape level at acceleration 2nd S-shape level at acceleration 1st S-shape level at deceleration 2nd S-shape level at deceleration Main DC link (Initial value) capacitor (Measured value) PC board capacitor powered on time Cooling fan operating time Magnetize current vibration damping gain Slip compensation filter time constant Integral gain of continuous operation at power failure Proportional gain of continuous operation at power failure Input phase loss protection RS-485 protocol selection Speed agreement (Detection width) /PG error (Delection timer) PG error selection Braking-resistor function select Regeneration avoidance at deceleration Voltage detect offset and gain adjustment USER 01 USER 02 USER 03 USER 04 USER 05 USER 08 USER 09 USER 10 USER 11 USER 13 USER 15 USER 23 USER 24 USER 48 USER 49 USER 56 USER 57 USER 58 USER 59 USER 60 USER 61 0 to 65535 1 to 50% 1 to 50% 1 to 50% 1 to 50% 0 to 65535 0 to 65535 0 to 65535h 0 to 65535h 0 to 32767 0 to 32767 0 to 65535 0 to 65535 0, 1, 2 0, 1 0 to 50% 0.0 to 10.0s 0, 1 00 to A8 (HEX) 0, 1 –22kW : 0 (Fixed.) 30kW– : 0, 1, 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 0.1 - 1 - - U01 U02 U03 U04 U05 U08 U09 U10 U11 U13 U15 U23 U24 U48 U49 U56 U57 U58 U59 U60 U61 Maximum frequency 2 1Hz 60Motor 2 Code Name LCD monitor Function Setting range Min. unit –22kW 30kW– Factory setting G11S : 50 to 400Hz P11S : 50 to 120Hz NOTES : *1) Typical value of standard Fuji 4P motor. *2) Percent shall be set according to FUNCTION CODE : P02 or A11, Motor capacity. Torque referenced here may not be obtainable when DATA CODE : 0 is selected for FUNCTION CODE : P02 or A11. (Level) Rated voltage 2 (at Base frequency 2) 0 (Free), 320 to 480V (400V class) 0 (Free), 80 to 240V (200V class) 1V 380 220 Maximum voltage 2 (at Maximum frequency 2) 320 to 480V (400V class) 80 to 240V (200V class) 1V 380 220 Torque boost 2 0.0 : Automatic (for constant torque load) 0.1 to 1.9 : Manual (for variable torque load) 2.0 to 20.0 : Manual (for constant torque load) - G11S : 0.0 P11S : 0.1 Number of motor 2 poles 2 to 14 2 4 Motor 2 (Capacity) 22kW or smaller : 0.01 to 45.00 kW 30kW or larger : 0.01 to 800.00 kW 0.01kW *1) Electronic (Select) thermal overload protection for motor 2 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (for 4-pole standard motor) 2 : Active (for 4-pole inverter motor) - 1 Approx. 20 to 135% of rated current 0.01A *1) Torque vector control 2 0 : Inactive 1 : Active - 0 (Rated current) 0.00 to 2000 A 0.01A *1) (%X setting) 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.01% *1) (Tuning) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (One time tuning of %R1 and %X ( on motor stopping mode )) 2 : Active (One time tuning of %R1, %X and Io ( on motor running mode )) - 0 (On-line Tuning) 0 : Inactive 1 : Active (Real time tuning of %R1 and %X) - 0 (No-load current) 0.00 to 2000 A 0.01A *1) (%R1 setting) 0.00 to 50.00 % 0.01% *1) Slip compensation control 2 0.00 to +15.00 Hz 0.01Hz 0.00 0.5 to 75.0 min(Thermal time constant) 0.1min 5.0 10.0 A01 A03 A04 A05 A10 A11 A06 A07 A09 A12 A17 A13 A14 A15 A16 A18 A08 A02 MAX Hz-2 RATED V-2 MAX V-2 TRQ BOOST2 M2 POLES M2-CAP ELCTRN OL2 OL LEVEL2 TRQVECTOR2 M2-Ir M2-%X M2 TUN1 M2 TUN2 M2-Io M2-%R1 SLIP COMP2 TIME CNST2 BASE Hz-2Base frequency 2 1Hz 60G11S : 25 to 400Hz P11S : 25 to 120Hz
  • 24.
    23 Protective Functions • 30kWor larger model onlyCharging circuit alarm • This alarm is activated when the power supply is not applied to the main terminal L1/R or L3/T or charging-circuit relay is faulty. Output wiring error • This error is detected when the wiring on the inverter output is disconnected unwired on auto-tuning. Description LED monitorFunction NOTES : 1)Retaining alarm signal when auxiliary controll power supply is not used : If the inverter power supply is cut off while an internal alarm signal is being output, the alarm signal cannot be retained. 2)To issue the RESET command, press the key on the KEYPAD panel or connect terminals RST and CM and disconnect them afterwards. 3)Fault history data is stored for the past four trips. Overcurrent protection (Short-circuit) (Ground fault) • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent resulting from overload. • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent due to a short-circuit in the output circuit. • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent due to a ground fault in the output circuit. • Stops running to protect inverter from an overcurrent resulting from ground fault in the output circuit by detecting zero-phase current. Overvoltage protection • The inverter stops when it detects an overvoltage in the DC link circuit. Incoming surge protection • Protects the inverter against surge voltage between the main circuit power line and ground. • Protects the inverter against surge voltage in the main circuit power line. Undervoltage protection • Stops the inverter when the DC link circuit voltage drops below undervoltage level. • 30kW or larger model only • 400V series : 800V DC or more 200V series : 400V DC or more • Protection is not assured if excess AC line voltage is applied inadvertently. During acceleration During deceleration While running at constant speed Groung fault Motor 1 overload Motor 2 overload During acceleration During deceleration While running at constant speed • The inverter may be tripped by some other protective function. • G11S : 7.5kW or smaller model only • 30kW or larger model only • 400V series : 360V DC (22kW or smaller), 375V DC (30kW or larger) • 200V series : 180V DC (22kW or smaller), 186V DC (30kW or larger) Input phase loss protection • The inverter is protected from being damaged when open-phase fault occurs. Overheat protection • Stops the inverter when it detects excess heat sink temperature in case of cooling fan failure or overload. This is also caused by short-circuit of terminals 13 and 11. • Stops the inverter when it detects an abnormal rise in temperature in the inverter unit caused by insufficient ventilation in cubicles or an abnormal ambient temperature. • This is also caused by short-circuit of terminals 13 and 11 (overcurrent of 20mA at terminal 13). • When the built-in braking resistor overheats, the inverter stops discharging and running. • Function data appropriate for the resistor type (built-in/external) must be set. Electronic thermal overload protection (Motor protection) • This function stops the inverter by detecting an inverter overload. • This function stops the inverter by detecting an overload in a standard motor or inverter motor. Fuse blown • When a blown fuse is detected, the inverter stops running. • The stall prevention function can be disabled. • The acceleration time can be prolonged up to three times the preset time. Stall prevention (Momentary overcurrent limitation) • When an output current exceeds the limit during acceleration, this function lowers output frequency to prevent the occurrence of an OC1 trip. Active drive • During running in which acceleration is 60s or longer, this function increases the acceleration time to prevent the occurrence of an OLU trip. • Use THR terminal function (digital input). • Output terminals: 30A, 30B, and 30C • Use the RST terminal function for signal input. • Even if main power input is turned off, alarm history and trip-cause data are retained. • When operated by external signals, the inverter continues running.The alarm output (for any fault) is not output. Only Er2 is displayed. External alarm input • The inverter stops on receiving external alarm signals. • This function is activated when the motor temperature rises where PTC thermistor is used for motor protection (H26: 1). Overspeed protection • Stops the inverter when the output frequency exceeds the rated maximum frequency by 20%. PG error • If disconnection occurs in pulse generator circuits, the inverter issues an alarm. Alarm output (for any fault) Alarm reset command Alarm history memory Storage of data on cause of trip • The inverter outputs a relay contact signal when the inverter issued an alarm and stopped. • An alarm-stop state of the inverter can be cleared with the RESET key or by a digital input signal (RST). • Store up to four instances of previous alarm data. • The inverter can store and display details of the latest alarm history data. Memory error • The inverter checks memory data after power-on and when the data is written. If a memory error is detected, the inverter stops. KEYPAD panel communication error • If an error is detected in communication between the inverter and KEYPAD when the Keypad panel is being used, the inverter stops. CPU error • If the inverter detects a CPU error caused by noise or some other factor, the inverter stops. Option communication error • If a checksum error or disconnection is detected during communication, the inverter issues an alarm. Option error • If a linkage error or other option error is detected, the inverter issues an alarm. Operation procedure error • Er6 is indicated only when the inverter is forcedly stopped by [STOP 1] or [STOP 2] operation in E01to E09 (Set value: 30 or 31). RS-485 communication error • If an RS-485 communication error is detected, the inverter issues an alarm. Output phase loss error • If an unbalance of output circuits is detected during auto-tuning, this function issues an alarm (and stops the inverter).
  • 25.
    External Dimensions Fig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3Fig.4 FRN0.4G11S-4JE,FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE to FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE to FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE to FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE,FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE,FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE to FRN11P11S-4JE FRN5.5P11S-2JE to FRN11P11S-2JE FRN11G11S-4JE to FRN22G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-2JE to FRN22G11S-2JE FRN15P11S-4JE to FRN22P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-2JE to FRN22P11S-2JE 24
  • 26.
    25 Fig.5 Fig.6 Fig.7 External cooling type Panelcutting D W W1 W3 2 or 3 - øC H2H5 H1H4 H D2 W1 W2 4 or 6-Bolt D1 ø15 or ø18 Lifting hole H1 H3H6 Panel drilling W1 4 or 6-Bolt H1 Internal mounting type FRN30G11S-4JE to FRN220G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-2JE to FRN90G11S-2JE FRN30P11S-4JE to FRN280P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-2JE to FRN110P11S-2JE D2 D D1 ø15 or ø18 Lifting hole W W5 W1 W3 W4 D2 C 3 or 4 - øC 4 - øC 6 or 8-Bolt D D1 H2H6 H110050 W1 W3 W4 H1 D2 6 or 8-Bolt D1 D2 D1 W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H3H7 7 or 8-Bolt W1 W2 W3 W4 H4H7 H5 H 4 - ø35 Lifting Bolt FRN280G11S-4JE to FRN630G11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE to FRN710P11S-4JE Panel drilling Panel cutting Panel cutting External cooling typeInternal mounting type FRN30G11S-4JE — FRN37G11S-4JE — FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE — FRN75G11S-4JE — FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE — FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE — FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE — FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE — FRN355G11S-4JE — FRN400G11S-4JE — — FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE — FRN30G11S-2JE — FRN37G11S-2JE — FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE — FRN75G11S-2JE — FRN90G11S-2JE — FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE — FRN45P11S-4JE — FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE — FRN90P11S-4JE — FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE — FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE — FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE — FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE — FRN400P11S-4JE — FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE — FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE — FRN45P11S-2JE — FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE — FRN90P11S-2JE — FRN110P11S-2JE 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 5 6 5 Power supply voltage 400V 200V Nominal applied motor (kW) Type Dimensions (mm) Mtg. Bolt Fig G11S series P11S series W W1 W2 W3 W4 H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D D1 D2 C NOTE : For 75kW or larger models, DC reactor is provided as standard (separately installed). For the outline dimensions, see page 27. W5 340 375 530 680 880 680 880 999 340 375 530 680 240 275 430 580 780 580 780 900 240 275 430 580 326 361 510 660 860 660 860 980 326 361 510 660 550 675 740 740 1000 1400 1550 550 615 740 750 880 530 655 720 710 970 1370 1520 530 595 720 720 850 500 625 690 675 935 1330 1480 500 565 690 685 815 512 637 702 685 945 1340 1490 512 577 702 695 825 — — 1335 1485 — 12 15.5 12 15.5 25 32.5 35 25 32.5 9 12.5 14.5 9 12.5 255 270 315 360 450 500 255 270 285 360 145 175 220 285 313.2 145 145 220 10 15 10 15 4 6.4 4 M8 M12 M8 M12 — 290 260 290 260 300 — 290 — 260 260 300 — — 610 810 610 810 900 —
  • 27.
    26 Options Reactor, Filter, andOther Accessories Name (Type) Arrester (CN23232) (CN2324E) Radio noise reducing zero-phase reactor (ACL-40B) (ACL-74B) Power filter (FHF-TA/¤¤/250) (FHF-TA/¤¤/500) (FHF-TB/¤¤/250) (FHF-TB/¤¤/500) EMC compliant filter (EFL-¤¤¤SP-2) (EFL-¤¤¤G11-4) (RF3¤¤¤-F11) Output circuit filter (OFL-¤¤¤-¤) (OFL-¤¤¤-4A) DC REACTOR(DCR) (DCR4-¤¤¤) (DCR2-¤¤¤) Surge absorber (Surge suppressor) (S2-A-0) (S1-B-0) Frequency meter (TRM-45) (FM-60) Frequency setting device (RJ-13) (WA3W-1kΩ) Function Suppresses induced lightning surges from power source , thus protecting all equipment connected the power source. Reduces radio frequency noise. If the wiring between motor and inverter is shorter than 20m, use the ferrite ring in the power supply side. If longer than 20m, use it in the output side. Prevents the noise generated from the inverter. Supresses radiation noise and induction noise generated from the output side wiring. This is a special filter which complies with the European EMC (Emission) Directive. This filter should be used together with a ferrite core. Note: Other prerequisites must be fulfilled to ensure compliance with EMC Directives. Refer to this filters operation manual for details. Connected to the output circuit of inverters under low-noise operation with carrier frequency from 8 to 15kHz, 6kHz or higher for 30kW or larger inverters (OFL- ¤¤¤-¤), 0.75 to 15kHz, 0.75 to 10kHz for 75kW or larger inverters (OFL- ¤¤¤-4A). This filter has the following functions: q Suppressing fluctuation of motor terminal voltage. Protects the motor insulation from being damaged by surge voltage. (400V series) w Suppressing leakage current from output side wiring. (OFL-¤¤¤-¤ only) Reduces the leakage current caused when several motors are operated in parallel or connected with long wiring. * Total wiring length should be less than 400m. e Suppressing radial noise or inductive noise from output side wiring. Effective noise suppression device for long wiring applications such as plant. Note: When connecting OFL-¤¤¤-¤, be sure to set the carrier frequency F26 at 8kHz or over. [Use the DCR to normalize the power supply in the following cases.] q The power transformer capacity is 500kVA or over and exceeds the inverter rated capacity by 10 times. w The inverter and a thyristor converter are connected with the same transformer. * Check if the thyristor converter uses a commutation reactor. If not, AC reactor must be connected to the power supply side. e Overvoltage trip occurs due to open/close of the phase-advancing capacitor for the power supply lines. r The voltage unbalance exceeds 2%. Voltage unbalance (%) = Max. voltage [V] – Min. Voltage [V] × 67 Three-phase average voltage [V] [For improving input power-factor, reducing harmonics] • Used to reduce input harmonic current (correcting power-factor) • For the resultant effects, refer to the appended guidelines. S2-A-0: for magnetic contactor S1-B-0: for mini control relay, or timer Analog frequency meter TRM-45: 45mm square FM-60 : 60mm square Frequency setting potentiometer (mounted externally) Mounting position Motor DC reactor Inverter M Power transformer capacity Thyristor converter Power-factor correcting capacitor Commutation reactor Series connected reactor M Power supply R S T U V W L2/SL1/R L3/T U V W Inverter R S T U V W Motor P1 P(+) MCCB or ELCB Magnetic contactor
  • 28.
    27 DC reactor Fig. AFig. B Fig. C *Provided with as standard (separately installed) for inverters of 75kW or larger capacity. 4-øG×20 Mounting holeB±1 MAX.H A±3 C±2 MAX.FE±5 D±3 20 Fig. D Terminal hole 4-øG Mounting hole B±1 MAX.H A±3 C±2 MAX.E F±5 D±3 E C D B A H 4-G Mounting hole Terminal hole 4-øG Mounting hole B±1 MAX.H A±3 C±2 MAX.E F±5 D±3 Power supply voltage Nominal applied motor (kW) Inverter type Reactor type Fig Dimensions, mm A B C D E F G H Terminal screw Mass (kg) Three- phase 400V Three- phase 200V 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S/P11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S/P11S-4JE FRN11G11S/P11S-4JE FRN15G11S/P11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S/P11S-4JE FRN22G11S/P11S-4JE FRN30G11S/P11S-4JE FRN37G11S/P11S-4JE FRN45G11S/P11S-4JE FRN55G11S/P11S-4JE FRN75G11S/P11S-4JE FRN90G11S/P11S-4JE FRN110G11S/P11S-4JE FRN132G11S/P11S-4JE FRN160G11S/P11S-4JE FRN200G11S/P11S-4JE FRN220G11S/P11S-4JE FRN280G11S/P11S-4JE FRN315G11S/P11S-4JE FRN355G11S/P11S-4JE FRN400G11S/P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500G11S/P11S-4JE FRN630G11S/P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S/P11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S/P11S-2JE FRN11G11S/P11S-2JE FRN15G11S/P11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S/P11S-2JE FRN22G11S/P11S-2JE FRN30G11S/P11S-2JE FRN37G11S/P11S-2JE FRN45G11S/P11S-2JE FRN55G11S/P11S-2JE FRN75G11S/P11S-2JE FRN90G11S/P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE DCR4-0.4 DCR4-0.75 DCR4-1.5 DCR4-2.2 DCR4-3.7 DCR4-5.5 DCR4-7.5 DCR4-11 DCR4-15 DCR4-18.5 DCR4-22A DCR4-30B DCR4-37B DCR4-45B DCR4-55B DCR4-75B DCR4-90B DCR4-110B DCR4-132B DCR4-160B DCR4-200B DCR4-220B DCR4-280B DCR4-315B DCR4-355B DCR4-400B DCR4-450B DCR4-500B DCR4-630B DCR4-710B DCR2-0.2 DCR2-0.4 DCR2-0.75 DCR2-1.5 DCR2-2.2 DCR2-3.7 DCR2-5.5 DCR2-7.5 DCR2-11 DCR2-15 DCR2-18.5 DCR2-22A DCR2-30B DCR2-37B DCR2-45B DCR2-55B DCR2-75B DCR2-90B DCR2-110B A A A A A A A A A A A B B B B C C C C C C C C D D D D D D D A A A A A A A A A A A A B B B C C C C 66 66 66 86 86 86 111 111 146 146 146 152 171 171 171 190 190 190 200 210 210 220 220 220 220 240 260 260 300 310 66 66 66 66 86 86 111 111 111 146 146 146 152 171 171 190 200 180 190 56 56 56 71 71 71 95 95 124 124 124 90 110 110 110 160 160 160 170 180 180 190 190 190 190 210 225 225 245 255 56 56 56 56 71 71 95 95 95 124 124 124 90 110 110 160 170 150 160 72 72 72 80 80 80 80 80 96 96 96 115 110 125 130 115 125 125 135 135 135 135 145 145 145 145 145 145 170 170 72 72 72 72 80 80 80 80 80 96 96 96 116 110 125 90 100 110 120 90 90 90 100 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 157 150 165 170 151 161 161 171 171 171 171 181 181 181 181 181 181 211 211 90 90 90 90 100 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 156 151 166 131 141 151 161 15 20 20 15 20 20 24 24 15 25 25 100 100 110 110 100 120 120 120 120 140 140 150 150 160 170 170 185 195 205 5 15 20 20 10 20 20 23 24 15 25 25 115 115 120 100 110 140 150 - - - - - - - - - - - 78 75 82 85 75 80 80 85 85 90 90 95 95 95 95 95 100 110 115 - - - - - - - - - - - - 78 75 86 65 70 75 80 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 6 × 9 6 × 9 6 × 9 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 5.2 × 8 6 × 11 6 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 7 × 11 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 94 94 94 110 110 110 130 130 171 171 171 130 150 150 150 240 250 250 260 290 295 300 320 320 320 340 340 340 390 405 94 94 94 94 110 110 130 130 137 171 180 180 130 150 150 210 210 240 270 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M8 M10 ø12 ø12 ø12 ø12 ø12 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 ø15 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 ø15 ø15 1.0 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.6 2.6 4.2 4.3 5.9 7.2 7.2 13 15 18 20 20 23 25 28 32 35 40 45 52 55 60 67 70 80 88 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.6 3.6 3.8 4.3 5.9 7.4 7.5 12 14 16 16 18 20 25 The reactors in the blue boxes are provided as standard (separately installed).
  • 29.
    28 Options Braking unit, Brakingresistor Power supply voltage Inverter G11S Motor (kW) Inverter type Braking unit Type Q’ty Option Three- phase 400V Three- phase 200V 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 — 500 630 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-4JE FRN15G11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S-4JE FRN22G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-4JE FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE FRN75G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE FRN355G11S-4JE FRN400G11S-4JE — FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN11G11S-2JE FRN15G11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S-2JE FRN22G11S-2JE FRN30G11S-2JE FRN37G11S-2JE FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE FRN90G11S-2JE P11S Motor (kW) Inverter type — 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 — 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 — FRN5.5P11S4JE FRN7.5P11S-4JE FRN11P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-4JE FRN18.5P11S-4JE FRN22P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE FRN400P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE — FRN5.5P11S-2JE FRN7.5P11S-2JE FRN11P11S-2JE FRN15P11S-2JE FRN18.5P11S-2JE FRN22P11S-2JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE FRN45P11S-2JE FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE FRN90P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE — — — — BU22-4C BU37-4C BU55-4C BU90-4C BU132-4C BU220-4C — — BU22-2C BU37-2C BU55-2C BU90-2C — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Braking resistor Type Q’ty DB0.75-4 DB2.2-4 DB3.7-4 DB5.5-4 DB7.5-4 DB11-4 DB15-4 DB18.5-4 DB22-4 DB30-4C DB37-4C DB45-4C DB55-4C DB75-4C DB110-4C DB110-4C DB132-4C DB160-4C DB200-4C DB220-4C DB160-4C DB160-4C DB200-4C DB200-4C DB200-4C DB0.75-2 DB2.2-2 DB3.7-2 DB5.5-2 DB7.5-2 DB11-2 DB15-2 DB18.5-2 DB22-2 DB30-2C DB37-2C DB45-2C DB55-2C DB75-2C DB90-2C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Max. braking torque (%) G11S Continuous braking (100% torque conversion value) 150% 100% 150% 100% Braking time (s) 45 45 45 30 20 20 10 10 10 10 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 10 11 10 — 90 45 45 45 30 20 20 10 10 10 10 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 Discharging capability (kWs) 9 17 34 33 37 55 38 55 75 93 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 550 665 800 1000 1100 1600 1600 2000 2000 — 9 9 17 34 33 37 55 37 55 75 92 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 Repetitive braking (100s or less cycle) Duty cycle (%) 22 18 10 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 10 11 10 — 37 22 18 10 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 Average loss (kW) 0.044 0.068 0.075 0.077 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 5.5 6.65 8.0 10.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 20.0 — 0.037 0.044 0.068 0.075 0.077 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 — 100% 75% — 100% 75% — 15 15 7 7 8 8 6 8 8 8 7 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 10 9 10 9 8 — 15 15 7 7 8 8 6 8 8 8 7 8 8 — 37 55 38 55 75 93 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 550 665 800 1000 1100 1600 1600 2000 2000 2000 — 37 55 37 55 75 92 88 150 185 225 275 375 450 — 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4 3 8 8 8 7 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 10 9 10 9 8 — 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4 3.5 8 8 8 7 8 8 — 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 5.5 6.65 8.0 10.0 11.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 — 0.093 0.138 0.188 0.275 0.375 0.463 0.55 1.5 1.85 2.25 2.75 3.75 4.5 Max. braking torque (%) P11S Continuous braking (100% torque conversion value) Braking time (s) Discharging capability (kWs) Repetitive braking (100s or less cycle) Duty cycle (%) Average loss (kW) NOTES: 1) Each model of the P11S series uses options that are one-class smaller than the options for the G11S series of the same capacity. 2) The braking time and duty cycle (%) are calculated as the rated-torque braking used for deceleration. [Procedure for selecting options] All three conditions listed below must be satisfied. 1 The maximum braking torque does not exceed the value shown in the table. 2 The energy discjarged in the resistor for each braking (the area of the triangle shown in the above figure) does not exceed the discharging capability (kWs) in the table. 3 The average loss (energy discharged in the resistor divided by a braking interval) does not exceed the average loss (kW) shown in the table. Braking power 100% Braking time T1 Braking time T1 Braking interval T0 • Duty cycle (%) = × 100 [%]T1 T0 Contact Fuji.
  • 30.
    29 Name (type) Braking unitFig.A Fig.B Fig.A Fig.B Fig.C Fig.D Fig.E Braking resistor Radio noise reducing zero-phase reactor (ACL-40B)(ACL-74B) Dimensions Reactor type ACL-40B ACL-74B Recommended wire size Q’ty 1 2 1 2 4 No. of turns 4 2 4 2 1 Recommended wire size [mm2 ] 2.0, 3.5, 5.5 8, 14 8, 14 22, 38, 60, 5.5 × 2, 8 × 2, 14 × 2, 22 × 2 100, 150, 200, 250, 325, 38 × 2, 60 × 2, 100 × 2, 150 × 2 Fig.C ACL-40B ACL-74B H1 H W D 7 7 H1 H W1 W 1.6 D 1.6 7 H1 H W1 W D 1.6 16 W1 D16 4-ødW H1 H 1.6 165 1.5 10 30 N.P 55 55 21.591 170 160 4.5 40 30 φ4.5 H2 H1 H W 6W1 15 D 1.2 7.5 Mounting hole H2 H1 H W 6 W1 15 D 1.2 7.5 80 26MAX 13±0.3 2- 5.5 95 MAX 39.5MIN 35 78MAX NAME PLATE 181 MAX 74MIN 61 131MAX NAME PLATE Contactor Reactor Inverter Motor Power supply L1/R L2/S L3/T U V W M MCCB or ELCB Voltage 200V series 400V series Type BU3-220-4 A A B 150 230 250 150 230 250 100 130 150 100 130 150 240 240 370 225 225 355 210 340 160 4 5.5 9 13 1.1 1.2 4 6 9 C BU37-4C BU55-4C BU90-4C BU132-4C BU220-4C BU3-185-2 BU3-220-2 BU37-2C BU55-2C BU90-2C DB0.75-4 DB2.2-4 DB3.7-4 DB5.5-4 DB7.5-4 DB11-4 DB15-4 DB18.5-4 DB22-4 DB30-4C DB37-4C DB45-4C DB55-4C DB75-4C DB110-4C DB132-4C DB160-4C DB200-4C DB220-4C ∗ DB0.75-2 DB2.2-2 DB3.7-2 DB5.5-2 DB7.5-2 DB11-2 DB15-2 DB18.5-2 DB22-2 DB30-2C DB37-2C DB45-2C DB55-2C DB75-2C DB110-2C Fig. W W1 H DH1 H2 Mass [kg] Dimensions [mm] C Voltage 400V series 200V series Type 1.3 2.0 1.7 4.5 5.0 6.9 6.9 8.7 8.7 11 14 19 21 26 30 41 57 43 74 1.3 2.0 2.0 4.5 5.0 6.9 6.9 8.7 8.7 10 13 18 22 35 32 Fig. W W1 H H1 D Mass [kg] Dimensions [mm] 67 67 160 140 240 440 67 94 67.5 90 160 140 240 440 64 142 142 420 550 650 750 600 64 76 142 156 142 400 450 550 - 74 74 388 520 620 720 570 - 90 74 368 420 520 310 470 470 520 430 510 660 750 283 310 345 450 390 430 510 660 750 283 295 455 455 495 415 495 628 718 240 295 332 430 370 415 495 628 718 240 1464 4 26MAX 13±0.3 4-R4 See Fig. A 1.1 See Fig. A 160 280 370 450 265 355 435 250 340 420 A B C D E A B C D E 250 D 4-ø12W1 H1 H W ∗ Note: The braking resistor type DB220-4C use two braking resistors.
  • 31.
    30 Option cards andother options Name (type) Relay output card (OPC-G11S-RY) Digital I/O interface card (OPC-G11S-DIO) Analog I/O interface card (OPC-G11S-AIO) T-link interface card (OPC-G11S-TL) Open bus card RS-232C communication adaptor (OPC-G11S-PC) Personal computer loader PG feedback card (OPC-G11S-PG) PG feedback card (OPC-G11S-PG2) Synchronized operation card (OPC-G11S-SY) Extension cable for keypad panel (CBIII-10R-¤¤) IP20 enclosure adapter (P20G11-¤¤) Mounting adapter for external cooling (PBG11-¤¤) Panel-mount adapter (MAG9-¤¤) Keypad panel for Chinese language Function • Includes four relay output circuits. • Converts transistor output signals from inverter control output terminals Y1 to Y4 to relay (SPDT) output signals. • For setting frequency using a binary code. • For monitoring frequency, output current, and output voltage using a binary code. • For input and output of other individual signals. • For setting a torque limit value using an input analog signal. • For input of auxiliary signal to set frequency. • For analog monitoring of inverter output frequency, output current, and torque. • For setting a frequency. • For setting, reading, and storing function data for function codes. • For setting operation commands (FWD, REV, RST, etc.). • For monitoring the operation status. • For reading trip information. It is an optional card conforming to various open buses. The following operation can be made from the personal computer and PLC. • Setting of running frequency • Setting of operation command (FWD,REV,RST,etc.) • Setting/reading of data code of each function code • Monitoring running frequency and operation status The RS-232C communication can be done by connecting it to the keypad panel on the main body of the inverter. • The operation status monitoring and the parameter setting can be made through the inverter's RS-485 interface from the host personal computer. • The parameter can be read and written collectively or individually. • Comparison of two arbitrary parameters. • Monitor of output frequency, output current, and operation status of inverter. • Monitor of alarm history and operation information on alarm. • For performing PG vector control using feedback signals obtained from a PG. • For performing PG vector control using feedback signals obtained from a PG. • Speed control by pulse train input can be made. Connects the keypad panel to an inverter unit. Three cable types are available: straight 2m, curled 1m, and curled 2m. The curled 1m cable can be extended up to 5m, and the curled 2m cable up to 10m. Note: Cables once extended to the maximum length do not return to their original length. • Used to put 30kW or larger models to change its enclosure of IP00 into that of IP20. • Used to put the cooling fan section of the inverter outside the panel. • Only applicable to 22kW and below inverters. (30kW and above inverters can be modified to external cooling type by replacing the mounting bracket, as standard.) Used to put an FRN-G11S inverter to be mounted in panel holes that were used to mount an FVR-G7S inverter. Used to display the LCD screen in Chinese language Specifications • Used together with MICREX-F series PLC. Correspondent bus Option type PROFIBUS-DP OPC-G11S-PDP DeviceNet OPC-G11S-DEV Modbus Plus OPC-G11S-MBP Interbus-S OPC-G11S-IBS CAN open OPC-G11S-COP Communication • Physical level : EIA-RS-485 • The number of units connected : Maximum 31 inverters • Synchronous method : start-stop synchronization • Transmission method : half duplex Applicable Pulse Encoder specification: • 100 to 3000P/R • A, B, Z phase • 12V or 15V Applicable Pulse Encoder specification: • 100 to 3000P/R • A, B, Z phase • 5V Applicable Pulse Encoder specification: • 20 to 3000P/R • A, B, Z phase • 12V or 15V Type Applicable inverter type P20G11-30 FRN30G11S-4JE,2JE FRN30P11S-4JE,2JE to FRN37P11S-4JE,2JE P20G11-55 FRN37G11S-4JE to FRN55G11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE to FRN75P11S-4JE P20G11-75-4 FRN75G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-2JE to FRN55G11S-2JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-2JE to FRN75P11S-2JE P20G11-75-2 FRN75G11S-2JE, FRN90P11S-2JE P20G11-110 FRN90G11S-4JE to FRN110G11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE to FRN132P11S-4JE P20G11-160 FRN132G11S-4JE to FRN160G11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE to FRN200P11S-4JE P20G11-220 FRN200G11S-4JE to FRN220G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-2JE FRN220P11S-4JE to FRN280P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-2JE FRN280G11S-4JE to FRN315G11S-4JEP20G11-315 FRN315P11S-4JE to FRN400P11S-4JE P20G11-400 FRN315G11S-4JE to FRN400G11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE to FRN500P11S-4JE Type Applicable inverter type PBG11-0.75 FRN0.4G11S-4JE to FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE to FRN0.75G11S-2JE PBG11-3.7 FRN1.5G11S-4JE to FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE to FRN3.7G11S-2JE PBG11-7.5 FRN5.5G11S-4JE, 2JE to FRN7.5G11S-4JE, 2JE FRN5.5P11S-4JE, 2JE to FRN11P11S-4JE, 2JE PBG11-22 FRN11G11S-4JE, 2JE to FRN22G11S-4JE, 2JE FRN15P11-4JE, 2JE to FRN22P11S-4JE, 2JE Type Applicable inverter type MAG9-3.7 FRN0.4G11S-4JE to FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE to FRN3.7G11S-2JE MAG9-7.5 FRN5.5G11S-4JE to FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE to FRN7.5G11S-2JE MAG9-22 FRN11G11S-4JE to FRN22G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-2JE to FRN22G11S-2JE Display language: Chinese, English, Japanese Type Nominal length Maximum length CBIII-10R-2S 2m 2m CBIII-10R-1C 1m 5m CBIII-10R-2C 2m 10m
  • 32.
    31 Wiring equipment NOTES : •For molded-case circuit breakers (MCCB) and earth-leakage circuit breakers (ELCB), the required frame type and series depend on the facility transformer capacity and other factors. When selecting optimal breakers, refer to the relevant technical data. • Also select the rated sensitive current of ELCB utilizing the technical data. • The recommended wire sizes are based on the condition that the temperature inside the panel does not exceeds 50°C. • The above wires are 600V HIV insulated cables (75°C). • Data in the above table may differ for different conditions (ambient temperature, power supply voltage, and other factors). *Contact Fuji Electric FA. 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 175 200 250 300 350 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 280 315 355 400 450 500 630 710 SC-05 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 SC-N12 SC-N14 SC-N16 SC-05 SC-4-0 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 SC-N12 SC-N14 SC-N16 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 250 150ϫ2 200ϫ2 250ϫ2 325ϫ2 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 150ϫ2 200ϫ2 250ϫ2 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 250 400 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 SC-05 SC-4-0 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 2.0 3.5 5.5 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 325 150ϫ2 200ϫ2 250ϫ2 325ϫ2 FRN5.5P11S-4JE FRN7.5P11S-4JE FRN11P11S-4JE FRN15P11S-4JE FRN18.5P11S-4JE FRN22P11S-4JE FRN30P11S-4JE FRN37P11S-4JE FRN45P11S-4JE FRN55P11S-4JE FRN75P11S-4JE FRN90P11S-4JE FRN110P11S-4JE FRN132P11S-4JE FRN160P11S-4JE FRN200P11S-4JE FRN220P11S-4JE FRN280P11S-4JE FRN315P11S-4JE FRN355P11S-4JE FRN400P11S-4JE FRN450P11S-4JE FRN500P11S-4JE FRN630P11S-4JE FRN710P11S-4JE FRN0.4G11S-4JE FRN0.75G11S-4JE FRN1.5G11S-4JE FRN2.2G11S-4JE FRN3.7G11S-4JE FRN5.5G11S-4JE FRN7.5G11S-4JE FRN11G11S-4JE FRN15G11S-4JE FRN18.5G11S-4JE FRN22G11S-4JE FRN30G11S-4JE FRN37G11S-4JE FRN45G11S-4JE FRN55G11S-4JE FRN75G11S-4JE FRN90G11S-4JE FRN110G11S-4JE FRN132G11S-4JE FRN160G11S-4JE FRN200G11S-4JE FRN220G11S-4JE FRN280G11S-4JE FRN315G11S-4JE FRN355G11S-4JE FRN400G11S-4JE FRN500G11S-4JE FRN630G11S-4JE Power supply voltage Three- phase 400V 5 10 20 30 40 50 75 100 150 175 200 250 350 400 500 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 SC-05 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 SC-N12 SC-05 SC-4-0 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N10 SC-N11 SC-N12 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 38 60 100 150 200 2.0 3.5 3.5 8.0 14 14 38 38 60 100 150 150 2.0 3.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 150 200 250 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 22 38 60 100 SC-05 SC-5-1 SC-N1 SC-N2 SC-N2S SC-N3 SC-N4 SC-N5 SC-N7 SC-N8 SC-N11 5 10 15 20 30 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 2.0 3.5 5.5 8.0 14 38 60 100 100 150 200 FRN5.5P11S-2JE FRN7.5P11S-2JE FRN11P11S-2JE FRN15P11S-2JE FRN18.5P11S-2JE FRN22P11S-2JE FRN30P11S-2JE FRN37P11S-2JE FRN45P11S-2JE FRN55P11S-2JE FRN75P11S-2JE FRN90P11S-2JE FRN110P11S-2JE FRN0.2G11S-2JE FRN0.4G11S-2JE FRN0.75G11S-2JE FRN1.5G11S-2JE FRN2.2G11S-2JE FRN3.7G11S-2JE FRN5.5G11S-2JE FRN7.5G11S-2JE FRN11G11S-2JE FRN15G11S-2JE FRN18.5G11S-2JE FRN22G11S-2JE FRN30G11S-2JE FRN37G11S-2JE FRN45G11S-2JE FRN55G11S-2JE FRN75G11S-2JE FRN90G11S-2JE Three- phase 200V Nominal applied motor (kW) Inverter type Magnetic contactor (MC) Recommended wire size (mm2 ) Input circuit [L1/R,L2/S,L3/T]MC1 for input circuit G11S series P11S series With DCR Without reactor With DCR Without reactor Without reactor MC2 for output circuit MCCB or ELCB Rated current (A) With DCR Output circuit [U.V.W] G11S P11S DCR circuit [P1,P(+)] DB circuit [P(+),DB,N(-)] * * Contact Fuji.
  • 33.
    32 An Extensive LineupKeeps The Fuji Inverter Family Actively Ahead FeaturesSeries (Cat. No.)Application High-performance, multi-function inverter Inverter for fans & pumps Inverter for fans & pumps High-performance, compact inverter High-performance, vector control inverter Spindle drive system for machine tools (MEH403 for JE) (MEH413 for EN) (MEH403) (MEH652 for JE) (MEH653 for EN) Compact inverter (MEH441) (MEH442) (MEH405) (MEH391) For general industrial machines For machine tools b Easy to operate as frequency setting POT is provided as standard. b Equipped with supreme automatic torque boost, current limiting function and slip compensation function for traverse carriers. b Equipped with supreme automatic energy-saving operation function and PID control function for fans & pumps. b Specially developed for variable torque loads such as fans & pumps. b Equipped with a newly systemized automatic energy-saving, PID control, lifetime alarm and line/inverter operation changeover sequence functions, etc. b Perfect for air conditioners, fans & pumps that were previously difficult to consider for use with an general-purpose inverter because of costs and functions. b Designed for prolonged use (10 years) and complied with RoHS Directive to enhance its friendliness toward the environment. (Production lot of autumn 2005 or later) b Handles all applications due to an extended capacity range, ample variations in product types and excellent maintainability. b Provided with the functions of contact-stoppage operation, brake signal, torque limiting. and current limiting that are essential for traverse and transfer carriers. b Achieved starting torque of 200% at 0.5Hz, with our unique dynamic torque vector control system. b Fully replete with useful functions like auto tuning. b A wide variation from 0.2 to 630kW (compact and enclosed type for 22kW or smaller). b Appropriate for equipment such as fans & pumps. b Provides effortless energy-saving operation because of its automatic energy- saving function. b Easy operation as interactive keypad is provided as standard. b A highly accurate inverter that quickly provides control responses and has stable torque characteristics. b Can be used in a wide range of general industry systems as its extensive functions and a variety of options. b Vector control operation of general-purpose motors thanks to the auto tuning function. b The converter separation structure enabling the configuration of multiaxial systems. b Free combinations such as torque vector/high-performance vector control or dynamic braking/power regeneration. b Supports multiple processing of machine tools due to extensive option functions. NEW
  • 34.
    33 Input voltage class Three-phase 200V Three-phase200V Three-phase 200V Standard product Made-to-order Three-phase 200V Three-phase 200V Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V Three-phase 400V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 100V Single-phase 100V Single-phase 100V Single-phase 100V Three-phase 200V Three-phase 400V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 100V Three-phase 200V Three-phase 400V Single-phase 200V Single-phase 100V 630500 710500 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 0.1 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 0.4 15 0.1 15 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 0.75 45 55 75 90 0.2 55 55 75 90 0.75 45 55 90 110 0.75 75 110 5.5 55 55 75 55 55 75 110 132 160 200 220 3.7 45 55 280 315 355 400 0.4 75 450 500 560 630 710 0.75 630500 5.5 75 11 Capacity range (applicable motor capacity [kW]) 0.1 0.75 0.1 2.2 0.4 3.7 0.1 3.7 560
  • 35.
    34 Warranty To all ourcustomers who purchase Fuji Electric FA Components & Systems' products: Please take the following items into consideration when placing your order. (1) The product warranty period is ''1 year from the date of purchase'' or 18 months from the manufacturing date imprinted on the name place, whichever date is earlier. (2) However, in cases where the use environment, conditions of use, use frequency and times used, etc., have an effect on product life, this warranty period may not apply. (3) Furthermore, the warranty period for parts restored by Fuji Electric's Service Department is ''6 months from the date that repairs are completed.'' As a rule, the customer is requested to carry out a preliminary trouble diagnosis. However, at the customer's request, this company or its service network can perform the trouble diagnosis on a chargeable basis. In this case, the customer is asked to assume the burden for charges levied in accordance with this company's fee schedule. Regardless of whether a breakdown occurs during or after the free of charge warranty period, this company shall not be liable for any loss of opportunity, loss of profits, or damages arising from special circumstances, secondary damages, accident compensation to another company, or damages to products other than this company's products, whether foreseen or not by this company, which this company is not be responsible for causing. When requesting an estimate and placing your orders for the products included in these materials, please be aware that any items such as specifications which are not specifically mentioned in the contract, catalog, specifications or other materials will be as mentioned below. In addition, the products included in these materials are limited in the use they are put to and the place where they can be used, etc., and may require periodic inspection. Please confirm these points with your sales representative or directly with this company. Furthermore, regarding purchased products and delivered products, we request that you take adequate consideration of the necessity of rapid receiving inspections and of product management and maintenance even before receiving your products. 1. Free of Charge Warranty Period and Warranty Range 2. Exclusion of Liability for Loss of Opportunity, etc. Concerning models (products) which have gone out of production, this company will perform repairs for a period of 7 years after production stop, counting from the month and year when the production stop occurs. In addition, we will continue to supply the spare parts required for repairs for a period of 7 years, counting from the month and year when the production stop occurs. However, if it is estimated that the life cycle of certain electronic and other parts is short and it will be difficult to procure or produce those parts, there may be cases where it is difficult to provide repairs or supply spare parts even within this 7-year period. For details, please confirm at our company's business office or our service office. 3. Repair Period after Production Stop, Spare Parts Supply Period (Holding Period) In the case of standard products which do not include settings or adjustments in an application program, the products shall be transported to and transferred to the customer and this company shall not be responsible for local adjustments or trial operation. 4. Transfer Rights The cost of purchased and delivered products does not include the cost of dispatching engineers or service costs. Depending on the request, these can be discussed separately. 5. Service Contents The above contents shall be assumed to apply to transactions and use of this company's products within the nation of Japan. Please discuss transactions and use outside Japan separately with the local supplier where you purchased the products, or with this company. 6. Applicable Scope of Service 1-1 Free of charge warranty period (1) In the event that breakdown occurs during the product's warranty period which is the responsibility of Fuji Electric, Fuji Electric will replace or repair the part of the product that has broken down free of charge at the place where the product was purchased or where it was delivered. However, if the following cases are applicable, the terms of this warranty may not apply. 1) The breakdown was caused by inappropriate conditions, environment, handling or use methods, etc. which are not specified in the catalog, operation manual, specifications or other relevant documents. 2) The breakdown was caused by the product other than the purchased or delivered Fuji's product. 3) The breakdown was caused by the product other than Fuji's product, such as the customer's equipment or software design, etc. 4) Concerning the Fuji's programmable products, the breakdown was caused by a program other than a program supplied by this company, or the results from using such a program. 5) The breakdown was caused by modifications or repairs affected by a party other than Fuji Electric. 6) The breakdown was caused by improper maintenance or replacement using consumables, etc. specified in the operation manual or catalog, etc. 7) The breakdown was caused by a chemical or technical problem that was not foreseen when making practical application of the product at the time it was purchased or delivered. 8) The product was not used in the manner the product was originally intended to be used. 9) The breakdown was caused by a reason which is not this company's responsibility, such as lightning or other disaster. (2) Furthermore, the warranty specified herein shall be limited to the purchased or delivered product alone. (3) The upper limit for the warranty range shall be as specified in item (1) above and any damages (damage to or loss of machinery or equipment, or lost profits from the same, etc.) consequent to or resulting from breakdown of the purchased or delivered product shall be excluded from coverage by this warranty. 1-2 Warranty range 1-3. Trouble diagnosis
  • 36.
  • 37.
    NOTES Printed on 100%recycled paper In running general-purpose motors • Driving a 400V general-purpose motor When driving a 400V general-purpose motor with an inverter, damage to the insulation of the motor may occur. Use an output circuit filter (OFL) if necessary after checking with the motor manufacturer. Fuji's motors do not require the use of output circuit filters because of their reinforced insulation. • Torque characteristics and temperature rise When the inverter is used to run a general-purpose motor, the temperature of the motor becomes higher than when it is operated using a commercial power supply. In the low-speed range, the cooling effect will be weakened, so decrease the output torque of the motor. If constant torque is required in the low-speed range, use a Fuji inverter motor or a motor equipped with an externally powered ventilating fan. • Vibration Use of an inverter does not increase vibration of a general-purpose motor, but when the motor is mounted to a machine, resonance may be caused by the natural frequencies, including that of the machine system. * The use of a rubber coupling or vibration dampening rubber is recommended. * It is also recommended to use the inverter jump frequency control to avoid resonance points. Note that operation of a 2-pole motor at 60Hz or more may cause abnormal vibration. • Noise When an inverter is used with a general-purpose motor, the motor noise level is higher than that with a commercial power supply. To reduce noise, raise carrier frequency of the inverter. High-speed operation at 60Hz or more can also result in more noise. In running special motors • Explosion-proof motors When driving an explosion-proof motor with an inverter, use a combination of a motor and an inverter that has been approved in advance. Such approved products are available in our special product series. Contact Fuji Electric FA for details. • Submersible motors and pumps These motors have a larger rated current than general-purpose motors. Select an inverter whose rated output current is greater than that of the motor. These motors differ from general-purpose motors in thermal characteristics. Set a low value in the thermal time constant of the motor when setting the electronic thermal facility. • Brake motors For motors equipped with parallel-connected brakes, their braking power must be supplied from the inverter input side (the primary circuit). If the brake power is connected to the inverter power output side (the secondary circuit) by mistake, problems may occur. Do not use inverters for driving motors equipped with series-connected brakes. • Geared motors If the power transmission mechanism uses an oil- lubricated gearbox or speed changer/reducer, then continuous motor operation at low speed may cause poor lubrication. Avoid such operation. • Synchronous motors It is necessary to use software suitable for this motor type. Contact Fuji Electric FA for details. • Single-phase motors Single-phase motors are not suitable for inverter- driven variable speed operation. Use three-phase motors. * Even if a single-phase power supply is available, use a three-phase motor as the inverter provides three-phase output. Environmental conditions • Installation location Use the inverter in a location with an ambient temperature range of -10 to 50˚C. The inverter heat sinks and braking resistor surfaces become hot under certain operating conditions. Install the inverter on nonflammable material such as metal. Ensure that the installation location meets the environmental conditions specified in “Environment” in Common specifications on page 11. For inverters of 22kW or smaller, remove the ventilation covers when operating it at a temperature of 40°C or higher. Combination with peripheral devices • Installing a molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) or earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) Install a recommended molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) or an earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB) (with the exception of those exclusively designed for protection from ground faults) in the primary circuit of the inverter to protect the wiring. Ensure that the circuit breaker capacity is equivalent to or lower than the recommended capacity. • Installing a magnetic contactor (MC) on the inverter power output side (the secondary circuit) If a magnetic contactor (MC) is mounted on the inverter power output side (the secondary circuit) for switching the motor to commercial power or for any other purpose, turn the MC on or off while both the inverter and the motor are fully stopped. Remove the surge suppressor integrated with the MC. For switching operation from/to commercial power supply, use of newly developed “Line/inverter changeover operation” function using terminals such as SW88, SW52-2, SW52-1, SW50, is recommended. • Installing a magnetic contactor (MC) on the inverter input side (the primary circuit) Do not turn the magnetic contactor (MC) on the inverter input side (the primary circuit) on or off more than once an hour as an inverter fault may result. If frequent starts or stops are required during motor operation, use FWD/REV signals. • Protecting the motor When driving a motor with an inverter, the electronic thermal facility of the inverter can protect the motor.The operation level and the motor type (general-purpose motor, inverter motor) should be set. For high-speed motors or water-cooled motors, set a small value for the thermal time constant to protect the motor, in combination with the “cooling system OFF” signal. When driving several motors with an inverter, connect a thermal relay to each motor and turn on the inverter’s electronic thermal relay facility. If you connect the motor thermal relay to the motor with a long cable, a high-frequency current may flow into the wiring stray capacitance.This may cause the relay to trip at a current lower than the set value for the thermal relay. If this happens, lower the carrier frequency or use the output circuit filter (OFL). • Discontinuance of power-factor correcting capacitor Do not mount power-factor correcting capacitors in the inverter primary circuit. (Use the DC REACTOR to improve the inverter power-factor.) Do not use power-factor correcting capacitors in the inverter output circuit. An overcurrent trip will occur, disabling motor operation. • Discontinuance of surge killer Do not mount surge killers in the inverter secondary circuit. • Reducing noise Use of a filter and shielded wires are typical measures against noise to ensure that EMC Directives are met. Refer to Appendices, App. A “Advantageous Use of Inverters (Notes on electrical noise)” for details. • Measures against surge currents If an overvoltage trip occurs while the inverter is stopped or operated under a light load, it is assumed that the surge current is generated by open/close of the phase-advancing capacitor in the power system. * Connect a DC REACTOR to the inverter. • Megger test When checking the insulation resistance of the inverter, use a 500V megger and follow the instructions contained in the FRN-G11S/P11S Instruction Manual. Wiring • Control circuit wiring length When using remote control, limit the wiring length between the inverter and operator box to 20m or less and use twisted shielded cable. • Wiring length between inverter and motor If long wiring is used between the inverter and the motor, the inverter will overheat or trip as a result of overcurrent (high-frequency current flowing into the stray capacitance) in the wires connected to the phases. Ensure that the wiring is shorter than 50m for 3.7kW or less, and shorter than 100m for 5.5kW or more. If this length must be exceeded, lower the carrier frequency or mount an output circuit filter (OFL). When wiring is longer than 50m, and Dynamic torque- vector control or vector with PG is selected, execute off-line auto-tuning. • Wiring size Select cables with a sufficient capacity by referring to the current value or recommended wire size. • Wiring type Do not use multicore cables. • Grounding Securely ground the inverter using the grounding terminal. Selecting inverter capacity • Driving general-purpose motor Select an inverter according to the applicable motor ratings listed in the standard specifications table for the inverter. When high starting torque is required or quick acceleration or deceleration is required, select an inverter with a capacity one size greater than the standard. • Driving special motors Select an inverter that meets the following condition: Inverter rated current > Motor rated current Transportation and storage When transporting or storing inverters or inverters while mounted on machines, follow the procedures and select locations that meet the environmental conditions listed in the FRN-G11S/P11S Instruction Manual. Mitsui Sumitomo Bank Ningyo-cho Bldg., 5-7,Nihonbashi Odemma-cho,Chuo-ku,Tokyo 103-0011,Japan Phone: +81-3-5847-8011 Fax: +81-3-5847-8172 Information in this catalog is subject to change without notice. Printed in Japan 2006-3 (C06e/A99) Is 20 FIS